Sharp MX-3070V Operation Manual - MX-2630N

Sharp MX-3070V Manual

Sharp MX-3070V manual content summary:

  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 1
    MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM User's Manual MODEL: MX-2630N MX-5050V MX-3050V MX-5070V MX-3070V MX-6050V MX-3550V MX-6070V MX-3570V MX-4050V MX-4070V Click to jump Using the scan / Internet fax function DOCUMENT FILING Storing jobs as files on the hard drive SYSTEM SETTINGS Configuring settings to make
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 2
    HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Click a button below to move to the page that you wish to view. The following explanation assumes that Adobe Reader XI is being used (Some buttons do not appear in the default state.). (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (1) Return to top page button If an operation does not proceed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 3
    how to use the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V/ MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V digital full color multifunctional system. Please note • For information on installing the drivers and software cited in this manual, please refer to the Software Setup Guide. • For
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 4
    ECO SCAN 1-29 • POWER ON/OFF SCHEDULE SETTING . . . . . 1-30 • SPECIFIC DATE OPERATION SETTINGS . . . • MOTION SENSOR (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/ MX-5070V/MX-6070V only 1-30 1-31 USER AUTHENTICATION 1-32 • AUTHENTICATION BY USER NUMBER . . . . . 1-32 • AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME/PASSWORD
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 5
    IN ADDRESS BOOK 1-106 SETTING THE SCOPE FOR PUBLICIZING PART NAMES 1-119 • HOW TO STAPLE MANUALLY 1-120 • SUPPLIES 1-121 • FINISHER ( WASTE 1-133 Sharp OSA 1-139 MX-2630N/ MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/M X-6050V only 1-154 REPLACEMENT OF TONER CARTRIDGE 1-155 REPLACING THE WASTE TONER
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 6
    MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/ MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V MX-2630N MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/ MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/ MX-4070V (5) (9) (10) (11) (1) Automatic document feeder It automatically feeds and scans multiple originals. 2-sided originals can be automatically scanned. For the MX-3070V
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 7
    poor image quality or other problems. (16) Bypass tray Use this tray to feed paper manually. When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11"R or A4R, pull out the extension guide. ► LOADING PAPER INTO (page 1-72) *1 Optional *2 Can only be used on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V. 1-4
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 8
    MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/ MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/ MX-4070V (2) (3) (9) (1) The main power switch Use this switch to turn on the power for the machine. When using the fax or Internet fax functions, always keep this switch in the " " position. ► TURNING ON THE POWER (page 1-10) (2) Toner
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 9
    MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/ MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, this cover is also opened to clean the paper feed roller. ► CLEANING THE PAPER FEED ROLLER (for MX-2630N/ MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V only) (page 1-154) (3) Original guides These guides help ensure that the original is scanned
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 10
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►BEFORE USING THE MACHINE SIDE AND BACK (1) (2) (3) (1) LAN connector Connect the LAN cable to this connector when the machine is used on a network. Use a shielded LAN cable. (2) Extension phone jack (TEL)* When the fax function of the machine is used, an extension phone
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 11
    (5) [Power] button Use this button to turn the machine's power on and off. ► TURNING ON THE POWER (page 1-10) (6) [Power Save] button/indicator Use this button to set the machine to Sleep mode for energy saving. [Power Save] button blinks when the machine is in Sleep Mode. ► AUTO POWER SHUT-OFF MODE
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 12
    of toner. Errors that stop machine operation, such as misfeeds and out of toner. Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings]→ [Device Control] → [Data Indicator Setting]. • To set the error indication Set in "Settings (administrator)" →[System Settings] → [Common Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 13
    stacker) is installed on the MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/ MX-6070V, open the front cover on turned off, abnormal noises, degraded image quality or other problems may result. • Turn off both the [Power] " " position. • In order for some settings to take effect, the machine must be restarted. In
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 14
    box. Easy Scan HDD File retrieve No. of copies Sharp OSA 1 3 Text/Printed Photo Photo Text/Photo Sliding Slide the scroll bar (with your finger touching the panel) to scroll up and down a list with a large number of items. LINE PRINTER Job Status Send and Print Data in Folder
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 15
    increased or decreased until you stop touching. D. Tap to enter a checkmark and enable the setting. E. Tap here to close the screen. Others Margin Shift (E) (A) Off Right Side Original Change Size/Direction. Erase Erase Shadow Around Sharpness Adjust Outline of Image Exposure Select Type/Exposure
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 16
    "spread", the image is enlarged. When "Double tapping", the image is also enlarged. (A) Send and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Scan Original Again Without change Settings CA B/W Start Color Start 1-13
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 17
    Sharp OSA LINE PRINTER Job Status 10:15 CLOUD PORTAL Easy Copy Easy Scan Easy Fax Select functions that can be utilized in respective modes. Tap the tab, and the list of function keys is displayed. ► ACTION PANEL (page 1-24) Bk Toner Quantity C M Y Operation Enlarge Settings Guide
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 18
    Machine status A USB device is installed. Printer data is being printed. The field support system is enabled. Send data exists. Single-byte alphanumeric character entry Forward error connected. Remote operation is in progress. * Contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 1-15
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 19
    Select the mode. Address Fax Number Address Book Easy Copy Easy Scan Fax FTP/Desktop Internet Fax Sharp OSA LINE PRINTER Job Status Detail Easy Fax Scan to HDD/ USB E-Mail Network Folder CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color Start For procedures for editing the home screen, see
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 20
    the touch panel. In Easy mode Preview In Normal mode Send and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Scan Original Again Without change Settings CA Scan Again B/W Start Color Start Keys used in the preview screen This changes the mode to edit mode. Pages of the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 21
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Deleting a page 1 In the preview screen, tap to switch to edit mode. 2 Erase Specified Range Erase Specified Original Area Delete the Page Tap the page you want to delete, and tap . Move the Page Rotate 180 Degrees Specify Chapter Inserts
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 22
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Moving a page 1 In the preview screen, tap to switch to edit mode. 2 Tap the page you want to move, and drag to move the page. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Edit End You can also move the page by tapping [Move the Page] on the action panel and then tap of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 23
    the preview screen, tap to switch to edit mode. 2 Tap the page you want to set chapter inserts. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Edit End 3 Tap . is displayed on the page. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Edit End • You can also set chapter inserts by tapping [Specify Chapter Inserts] on the action panel. • To cancel the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 24
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Inserting a blank page 1 In the preview screen, tap to switch to edit mode. 2 Select the location to insert blank page. Cancel and Return Tap , and tap for the location into which you want to insert a blank page. 1 2 3 4 5 4 Edit End
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 25
    31 97 OK Specify Range2 Specify Range3 Specify Range4 Follow the on-screen instructions to specify the erase range. Specify the erase range and then tap the File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Scan Original Again Without change Settings 1 / 6 CA B/W Start Color Start Address
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 26
    job. CA B/W Start Color Start In copy mode, [B/W Start] and [Color Start] keys are displayed. [Cancel Copy] key, [Storing Canceled] key, [Cancel Scan] key, [Sending Canceled] key Tap to stop copying, printing, or transmission. Cancel Copy [CA] key CA B/W Start Color Start Tap to cancel
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 27
    Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Operation Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Display Action Panel as default.]. CONFIRMATION SCREEN FOR FAVORITE MENUS AND SETTINGS File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 1 8½x11 2 8½x11R
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 28
    1 3 6 9 C Send and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 1 8½x11 2 8½x11R 3 8½x14 4 11x17 Plain 8½x11 Preview CA the initial screen of each mode, tapping displays the setting confirmation screen. Favorite Original Paper Select 2-Sided Copy Exposure
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 29
    Toner Save Mode This mode is used to reduce toner consumption. 7-168 MOTION SENSOR (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V / MX-5070V/MX Settings The eco function settings are set in a batch. "Custom" and "Eco" are available. Setting values applied by each mode is as follows. Function Custom Eco Eco Scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 30
    panel and the fusing unit, and makes the machine wait in the lowest power consumption state. Auto Power Shut-Off Timer will activate when the set duration of time elapses in waiting status without executing a job. Compared to preheat mode, the power-saving rate is considerably higher but the wakeup
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 31
    This mode lowers the temperature of the fusing unit and makes the machine wait in low power consumption state. Preheat mode will activate when the set duration of time elapses in waiting status without executing a job. Compared to Auto Power Shut-Off Mode, the amount of energy saved is less and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 32
    enter Auto power shut off mode.": In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Energy Save] → [Eco Setting] → [As soon as the remote job is finished, enter Auto power shut off mode.] ECO SCAN Non-print jobs such as sending a scanned original are performed with the fusing unit turned
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 33
    18:00 OFF ON OFF ON OFF Start time Lunch break Finish time Setting Power ON/OFF Scheduling Function In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Energy Save] → [Power ON/OFF Schedule Setting]. SPECIFIC DATE OPERATION SETTINGS When you must have the machine perform exceptionally many print jobs or
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 34
    ►BEFORE USING THE MACHINE MOTION SENSOR (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/ MX-5070V/MX-6070V only) This sensor detects the presence of a person that approaches the machine, and automatically wakes the machine from sleep mode (Motion Sensor Mode Only). Three settings are available for the detection range
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 35
    BY USER NUMBER (page 1-32) ► AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME/PASSWORD (page 1-34) AUTHENTICATION BY USER NUMBER The following procedure is used 789 0 C Admin Login CA OK When controlled by user number If "A Warning when Login Fails" is enabled in the system settings, the operation panel
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 36
    User Authentication 1 23 Please input user number. 4 56 Admin Login 7 89 0 C (2) CA OK Tap the [OK] key. If the entered user number is authenticated, the number of remaining pages that the user can copy or scan is displayed. When a limitation is set for the number of pages that a user can
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 37
    login name/password assigned to you. • To release the operation panel lock: In "Settings (Web version)", select [User Control] → [Default Settings] to release the lock. • To set [A Warning when Login Fails]: In "Settings (administrator)", select [User Control] → [Default Settings] → [A Warning when
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 38
    . When authentication is by LDAP server and you have different passwords stored in "User List" and in the LDAP server, use the password stored in the LDAP server. To have the user name and password registered: In "Settings (administrator)", select [User Control] → [User List]. When registering the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 39
    [User Control] → [Default Settings] → [Display Usage Status after Login]. • To change the message display time: In "Settings" (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Operation Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Message Time Setting]. 4 Easy Scan HDD File retrieve
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 40
    user name and password In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Network Settings] → [Active Directory Settings] → [Device Registration Account]. DNS domain name In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Network Settings] → [Services Settings] → [DNS] → [Domain Name
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 41
    machine. For the authentication method, refer to "AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME/PASSWORD (page 1-34)". Configure the following setting in "Settings (administrator)". Disable "Settings (administrator)"→[User Control]→[Default Settings]→[Use IC Card for Authentication]. 2. Login by IC card (Quick Mode
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 42
    a file can be sent to a shared folder using the logged in user's authentication permissions. In this case, a user name and password cannot be entered manually. E-Mail Scan to E-Mail A logged in user can use his mail property set in the AD domain to send a scanned image to himself by e-mail. To apply
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 43
    codes Main Code Type Sub Code Default Code Description Used to categorize Settings], then set [Use Billing Code] to [Enable]. Collecting billing codes In "Settings (Web version)", select [System Settings] → [System Control] → [Job Log] → [Job Log Operation], and click [Save] button to download
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 44
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►BEFORE USING THE MACHINE USE BILLING CODE If the use of billing code is enabled in "Settings (administrator)", the billing code entry window is displayed at the time of mode transition (at the time of printing/sending in document filing mode). Enter the main code or sub
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 45
    name, then tap the [Search Start] key. The search result list is displayed. 3 Tap the [Execute] key. Returns the screen to the billing code entry window. To cancel the selection from the list Tap [Cancel and Return] on the action panel. This cancels the selected main code and returns the screen
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 46
    Sub Code AAAA Select from List Select from List When the billing code entry window is displayed, tap the box in [Main Code], then enter the main code a billing code Tap the [Bypass Billing Code] key. The use code is set to the main code. 2 Billing Code Please enter Billing Code. Main Code
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 47
    Register a new billing code. A billing code can be registered not only from the billing code entry window but also from "Settings". To register a billing code from Setting Mode Select "Settings" → [User Control] → [Billing Code] → [Main Code List] or [Sub Code List]. Register a main code in [Main
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 48
    Add New Tap [Add New] on the action panel. CA To return to the billing code selection window Tap . 4 (4) Main Code Registration Main Code Main Code Name (5) Cancel and Return End Registration if user authentication is not performed. The mode is automatically set to [Public to All]. 1-45
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 49
    are completed, tap . CA To cancel the setting Tap [Clear] on the action panel. This cancels the registered public destination and returns the screen to the previous window. 8 To continuously register other billing codes, tap [Register Next Billing Code.]. Execute steps 4 to 7 to register
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 50
    code can also be edited or deleted from "Settings". To edit or register a billing code from Setting mode Select "Settings" → [User Control] → [Billing Code] Select from List CA Bypass Billing Code OK When the billing code entry window is displayed, tap the [Select from List] key of the main
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 51
    "REGISTERING A NEW BILLING CODE (page 1-44)". CA 5 Tap [End Registration] on the action panel. This finalizes the registration and returns the screen to the previous window. Tap to finish the registration procedure. To return to the billing code entry
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 52
    enter Billing Code. Main Code AAAA Sub Code AAAA Select from List Select from List CA Bypass Billing Code OK When the billing code entry window is displayed, tap the [Select from List] key of the main code. To delete a sub code, tap the [Select from List] key of the sub
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 53
    scanned data Printing data stored in the cloud The machine can connect to the following cloud services: • Microsoft OneDrive for Business • Microsoft SharePoint Online • Google Drive BEFORE USING THE CLOUD LINK FUNCTION This section explains settings screen, refer to the "U/I Customize Guide". 1-50
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 54
    for ID/password authentication. 2 Enter your user account information for the cloud service. A screen for selecting tasks appears. 3 Tap the [Scan a document] key. • The scan settings screen appears. • Specify a "File Name", "Address", and "Upload Data Scan Settings". 4 Execute Scan or Preview
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 55
    settings screen. File formats that can be printed are DOCX, PPTX, XLSX, PDF, PS, PRN, PCL, TIFF, TIF, JFIF, JPE, JPEG, JPG, and PNG. On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX quality as print results using other print methods (printer driver, etc.). The contents of some files may cause
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 56
    when the machine's user authentication function is used, enable [Enable IPP Authentication Except for Printer Driver] in "Settings (Administrator)" → [System Settings] → [User Control] → [Default Settings]. • To print in color, you must change the permission of "Other User" to a permission that
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 57
    the machine. The sending procedure depends on the application. Refer to the manual for the application to send a file by fax. The procedure for Driver] in "Settings (Administrator)" → [System Settings] → [User Control] → [Default Settings]. Using AirPrint to send a scanned document You can scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 58
    SHARP Service Department. • For information on connecting the NFC card reader to the machine, refer to the manual for the NFC card reader. • A wireless LAN adapter is required to use this feature on the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/ MX away. Configure settings on the and download a
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 59
    The QR code appears on the touch panel. In advance, enable QR codes in [Easy Connection Setting] in Settings (administrator), and enable display of the [Easy Connect (QR code)] key in [Home Screen Settings]. 2 Start the dedicated application on your mobile device 3 Read the QR code on the touch
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 60
    in front of the machine. Easy Scan Color Mode Full Color Original Auto 8½x11 Sharp OSA 1 3 6 9 C LINE PRINTER Job Status Send and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder completed, follow the operation described below to set up the function. Example: RealVNC 1
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 61
    required when tapping keys to ensure that key input is registered. • Disable Auto Key Repeat This is used to disable key repeat. Key repeat causes a setting to change continuously not only each time the key is tapped but while a key is tapped. • Long-touch Detection Time Select a time when a long
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 62
    adjustment screen in base screen of fax, Internet fax, and network scanner modes Exposure adjustment screen for Scan to HDD in document filing mode • Make Key Touch Sound at Default Setting When you specify the exposure in the exposure adjustment screen of each mode, a bleep sounds three times
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 63
    toner level. For the procedures for editing the home screen, see "U/I Customize Guide". • High-contrast display (UD pattern) The touch panel image can be set to high contrast. Select [Pattern 5] in "Settings (administrator)" - [System Settings] →[Common Settings] →[Operation Settings] →[Condition
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 64
    guide. The operation guide provides simple explanations of how to use the machine. • Easy operation by storing programs The program function lets you store groups of settings ease. Simple toner replacement • Automatic toner cartridge ejection When a toner cartridge runs out of toner, the cartridge
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 65
    items 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Item Sets Description The job ID is recorded. Job IDs appear in the log as consecutive numbers up to a maximum of 999999, after which the count resets to 1. The job ID used in the Sharp of pages is recorded. For a scan to HDD job, the number
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 66
    reserved original pages of a copy, print, scan job, or other job is recorded. Number of completed pages of a set is recorded. The result of a job is when recording multi polling jobs. File format of an image send job or scan to HDD job is recorded. Records whether or not an electronic signature is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 67
    specified in "Paper Type" is recorded. The duplex setting is recorded. The scanning resolution is recorded. The model name of the machine set in the Web pages is recorded. The installation location of the machine that is set in the Web pages is recorded. Record the Machine ID entered by the service
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 68
    a large capacity tray is installed) Tray 4 (when a stand/550&2100 sheet paper drawer is installed) THE DEFINITION OF "R" IN PAPER SIZE To indicate the landscape setting, "R" is added to the end of the name of a paper size enabled for both landscape and portrait
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 69
    paper, consult the dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. • The image quality and toner fusibility of paper may change due Set a suitable paper weight in "Settings (administrator)" → [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Device Control] → [Plain Paper Weight Settings]. This can only be set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 70
    , see "SPECIFICATIONS" in the "Start Guide" and "Paper Tray Settings (page 7-120)". • Recycled paper, colored paper and pre-punched paper must meet the same specifications as plain paper. Before using any paper, consult the dealer or nearest SHARP Service
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 71
    print side in the same orientation as for the ordinary operation. To set [Disabling of Duplex]: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Device Control] → [Disabling of Duplex]. Paper that cannot be used • Special media for an ink jet printer (fine paper, glossy
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 72
    Settings]→[Common Settings]→[Paper Settings]→[Paper Tray Settings]. 1 Pull out the paper tray. Gently pull the tray out until it stops. To load paper, go to step 3. To load a different size of paper, go to the next step. Pull the handle until the lock is released. 2 B A 3 Adjust guide plates
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 73
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►LOADING PAPER 4 Insert the paper into the tray. Load the paper with the print side facing up. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line (maximum of 550 sheets). 5 Gently push the paper tray into the machine. Push the tray firmly all the way into the machine
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 74
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►LOADING PAPER Loading paper in the 11" x 17" or A3 When loading paper in the 11" x 17" or A3, follow the steps below to move the control plate auxiliary block. 1 Remove the control plate auxiliary block. Control plate auxiliary block 2 Attach the control plate auxiliary
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 75
    on paper of an incorrect size, or type or paper misfeeds. To check the type and size of paper: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Paper Settings] → [Paper Tray Settings]. Do not place heavy objects on the tray or press down on the tray. 1 Tray 3 Pull out the paper tray
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 76
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►LOADING PAPER 3 Tray 3 Place paper into the tray. Load the paper with the print side facing up. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line (maximum of 1200 sheets for tray 3, or maximum of 900 sheets for tray 4). Tray 4 4 Tray 3 Tray 4 Gently push the paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 77
    in the tray. If you find it necessary to change the paper size, consult the dealer or nearest authorized service representative. If you loaded paper of a different type from the paper previously loaded, be sure to check the settings in "Settings". To check the paper type loaded in the tray Check in
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 78
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►LOADING PAPER 3 Place the paper in the paper feed table. Insert the paper into the tray until it stops. Place the paper print side down. The stack should not exceed the indicator line (maximum 3000 sheets). When adding paper, take care that previously loaded paper does
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 79
    . • When using plain paper other than Sharp standard paper or special media other than SHARP-recommended transparency film, glossy paper, or when cause paper misfeeds. How to place the original Load paper up to 7-1/4" x 10-1/2" (A5) size in landscape orientation. Loading tab paper To print on tab
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 80
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►LOADING PAPER Inserting transparency film • Use SHARP-recommended transparency film. • When loading multiple sheets of transparency film into the bypass tray, fan the or copied on. Place the front side facing down. Fold the flap and make a sharp crease at the fold. 1-77
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 81
    SHARP Service Department. • Some labels may have to be loaded into the bypass tray in the specified orientation. Follow such instructions. If a form is already printed on the labels, and the print images and the preprinted form do not line up, adjust the application or printer driver settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 82
    paper that you are loading. This may cause misfeeds. • If the bypass tray guides are set wider than the paper, move the bypass tray guides in until they correctly fit the width of the paper. If the bypass guides are set too wide, the paper may skew or be creased. To display the paper tray
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 83
    MACHINE►LOADING PAPER HOW TO PLACE THE LONG PAPER GUIDE The steps for attaching the optional long paper feeding tray to the bypass tray are explained below. 1 Extend the auxiliary guide of the long paper feeding tray. 2 Pull out the extension guide of the bypass tray. 3 Attach the long paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 84
    ORIGINAL Place the original in the automatic document feeder. Depending the type and status of the original, use the document glass. Follow the instructions to select the method for placing the original. To place it in the automatic document feeder, see "AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (page 1-82)". 1-81
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 85
    Original]. An original cannot be detected if all pages are of the same size but some of them are set in a different orientation. 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) • Before inserting originals into lbs. to 14 lbs. (35 g/m2 - 49 g/m2)), use [Slow Scan Mode] in the "Others". For this type, 2-sided
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 86
    Maximum size that can be specified manually) Copy mode: 11-5/8" ( MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/ MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V 1-sided scanning: 9 lbs to 32 lbs (35 g/m2 to 128 g/m2) 2-sided scanning: 13 to 28 lbs Bond (50 to 105 g/m2) MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/ MX-5070V/MX-6070V 1-sided scanning
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 87
    THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT GLASS This section describes the steps for setting the original on the document glass. • Close the automatic 2-33)" ► FAX: "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE USING NUMERIC VALUES (page 4-46)" ► IMAGE SEND: "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE USING NUMERIC VALUES (page 5-51)"
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 88
    , close the automatic document feeder. If the unit is left open, parts outside of the original will be copied in black, causing excessive use of toner. • When closing, open the automatic document feeder all the way and then close it. • If originals have damp spots due to correction fluid, ink or
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 89
    Scan Job Job Queue User_1_User_1_User User_2_User_2_User LINE PRINTER Fax Internet Fax Back Progress / Sets ---/0004 ---/0004 Status Encrypt PDF Spooling Back Spool Job Queue Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings "Settings (administrator)" → [User Control] → [Default Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 90
    . The jobs move to the Job Queue list after the transfer is completed. If you printed an encrypted PDF file by direct print, enter the password from here to print the file. ► PRINTING AN ENCRYPTED PDF FILE (page 3-88) • Job Queue list Lists jobs in progress and in the queue for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 91
    job status display and tap the tab for the job that you wish to stop or delete. 2 Print Scan Job Address Broadcast004 Print Image Sending Fax Internet Fax Activity Report Set Time Pages Status Back 10:45 07/07 0000/0001 0000/0002 OK Tap the [Job Queue] key. Job Queue Complete When
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 92
    status display and tap the job for priority processing. 2 Print Job Job Queue Copy Copy Copy Copy Copy Copy Copy Copy Copy Scan Fax Internet Fax Sets / Progress Status 0100/0100 0000/0001 0000/0001 0000/0001 0000/0001 0000/0001 0000/0001 0000/0001 Paper Empty Waiting Waiting Waiting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 93
    job order. Tap the key of the job you want to move, and tap the "Priority Change" key. Print Job Job Queue Copy Copy Scan Fax Progress / Sets 0050/0050 0000/0100 Internet Fax Status Paper Empty Waiting Priority Change Spool Job Queue Complete • key Moves the selected job to the top
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 94
    "Job Queue" screen between the number of printed copies and remaining copies to be printed for each job. Print Job Job Queue Copy Scan Fax Progress / Sets 0050/0050 Internet Fax Status Paper Empty Priority Change Spool Job Queue Complete To switch the display between the numbers of printed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 95
    1 Tap the job status display and tap the tab for the job whose contents you wish to check. 2 Print Scan Fax Internet Fax Tap the [Complete] key. (1) Job Job Queue Progress / Sets Status Priority Change Copy 0001/0001 Paper Empty (2) Spool Job Queue Complete 3 Print Job Complete
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 96
    message displayed in "Status" is as follows: Icons indicating the job type Print job (RGB/CMYK) Copy job Scan to E-mail job Scan to FTP job Scan to Network Folder job Scan to Desktop job Fax transmission job Fax reception job PC-Fax transmission job PC-I-Fax transmission job Internet fax
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 97
    party using an extension telephone "Stopped" The job has been stopped "Toner Empty" Toner Empty "Paper Empty" Paper Empty "Paper Jam" Paper jam " due to a communication error or other problem Waiting for confirmation of Internet fax transmission Timer transmission job (the specified time is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 98
    refused to notify sending machine of message processing content when delivery confirmation is set "failed"* An abnormal condition occurred when delivery confirmation is set * If the receiving machine is a SHARP machine, the receiving machine will return "dispatched" if the fax was received
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 99
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►ADDRESS BOOK ADDRESS BOOK ADDRESS BOOK "Contacts" and "Group" can be stored in the address book. For a contact, more than one address can be stored, including fax, e-mail, Internet fax and direct SMTP addresses. Registering addresses stored as "Contacts" as well as
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 100
    user authentication is enabled, registered contacts can be shared within a specified group or stored as personal contacts that only you are allowed to access. ► SETTING THE SCOPE FOR PUBLICIZING CONTACTS AND GROUPS (page 1-108) • You can tap the [Find My Address] key while logging in and select your
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 101
    is displayed under the [Narrow Down] key. Address BABABA BBB CCC AAA BBB CCC Frequent Use Category All Sort All Fax E-mail FTP/Desktop Network Folder Internet Fax Group Narrow Down Fax Sending History Call by Search Number A Direct TX Add New Send Same Image as Fax Address Print Individual
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 102
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►ADDRESS BOOK Narrowing by index Search by alphabet to narrow down addresses. For example, tap "A" on the index bar to display "Contacts" stored with search text starting with "A". Address Frequent Use Category All Sort Narrow Down Fax ALL A D A G B J C M P T ABC W
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 103
    SMTP Initial CCC Category 0 Number of 0 Addresses Search 10 Number Also Register for Frequent Use Address] to enter Folder addresses can be registered from [Address Book] in "Settings (Web version)". 4 Tap the [Register] key. The first address of each address type is set as the default
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 104
    0 Number of 0 Addresses Fax Number Search 10 Number Also Register for Frequent Use Global Search To as personal contacts that only you are allowed to access. ► SETTING THE SCOPE FOR PUBLICIZING CONTACTS AND GROUPS (page 1-108) password, and tap the [OK] key. ► AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 105
    information, select the address and tap the [Confirm Registered Information] key. 7 Tap the [Register] key. The first address of each address type is set as the default address. If no address has the checkbox next to it selected, a confirmation screen will appear asking you if you want to select
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 106
    [Register] key. The address is registered in the address book and the transmission log screen is restored. The first address of each address type is set as the default address. If no address has the checkbox next to it selected, a confirmation screen will appear asking you if you want to select
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 107
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►ADDRESS BOOK 5 Tap the [OK] key. STORING GROUPS Register "Group" by selecting addresses from those already stored as "Contacts". In this case of registration, only reference to addresses already stored takes place, and so, the total number of registered addresses (maximum
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 108
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►ADDRESS BOOK 5 CCC Registered Address 2 123 [email protected] Tap the address to be registered in the "Group", and then tap the key. You can select more than one address. Preview CA Start Info. 6 Repeat steps 3 through 5 to register addresses. After address
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 109
    GLOBAL ADDRESS SEARCH (page 1-101) ► STORING ADDRESSES FROM FAX OR IMAGE SEND LOGS (page 1-103) ► STORING GROUPS (page 1-104) • You can change the publicity scope. ► SETTING THE SCOPE FOR PUBLICIZING CONTACTS AND GROUPS (page 1-108) 1-106
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 110
    Detail Add Fax E-mail Internet Fax Direct SMTP Edit an address. After editing, tap the [Register] key. You can only edit addresses in the network folder on the edit screen. (The Add New screen cannot be displayed.) 1-107
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 111
    group. Up to eight groups per "Contacts" or "Group" can be set as the publicity scope. 1 Add Contacts Name ABC Register Restrict Public Address of Restrict Public Address of The Initial ABC Category 0 Search Number 10 Also Register for Frequent Use Contacts] on the action panel.
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 112
    BOOK If you have logged in as the administrator, select any user name desired from the user list. To register a user: In "Settings (administrator)", select [User Control] → [User Control] → [User List] → [User Registration]. DELETING THE TRANSMISSION HISTORY You can delete the fax or image send
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 113
    Finisher Finisher (large stacker) Saddle stitch finisher Saddle stitch finisher (large stacker) MX-FN28 MX-FN30 MX-FN29 MX-FN31 Paper pass unit Punch module MX-RB25 N MX-PN14B MX-PN15B MX-PN16B Description Additional tray. A maximum of 550 sheets of paper can be loaded into the tray. Additional
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 114
    enables integrated management of documents and computer files. Sharpdesk 10 license kit MX-USX10 Sharpdesk 50 license kit MX-USX50 Sharpdesk 100 license kit MX-USXA0 Stamp unit AR-SU1 This stamps each original page after it is scanned in image send mode. An automatic document feeder is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 115
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES INNER FINISHER This device outputs sorted paper while staggering each set of paper. As needed, it staples each set. You can also perform stapling manually. To punch holes in printed paper, install an optional hole punch module. PART NAMES The following
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 116
    green. After two seconds elapse, stapling automatically starts. • To staple earlier than the auto staple start time, press the manual staple key. • Manual stapling cannot be executed during execution of a staple job. Relation between paper orientation and stapling result Paper Paper orientation
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 117
    MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES SUPPLIES The finisher requires the following staple cartridge: Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x three cartridges) MX-SCX1 INNER FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 118
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 4 Insert a new staple cartridge into the staple case as shown. Push the staple cartridge in until it clicks into place. 5 Push the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Close the finisher front cover. Make a proof copy
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 119
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES FINISHER This device outputs sorted paper while staggering each set of paper. As needed, it staples each set. To punch holes in printed paper, install an optional hole punch module. PART NAMES (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) Output tray (upper tray) The tray is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 120
    THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES SUPPLIES The finisher requires the following staple cartridge: Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x three cartridges) MX-SCX1 FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 121
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 4 Remove the empty staple cartridge from the staple case. 5 Insert a new staple cartridge into the staple case as shown. Push the staple cartridge in until it clicks into place. 6 Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 122
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) This device outputs sorted paper while staggering each set of paper. As needed, it staples each set. You can also perform stapling manually. To punch holes in printed paper, install an optional hole punch module. PART NAMES (1)
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 123
    green. After two seconds elapse, stapling automatically starts. • To staple earlier than the auto staple start time, press the manual staple key. • Manual stapling cannot be executed during execution of a staple job. Relation between paper orientation and stapling result Paper Paper orientation
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 124
    DEVICES SUPPLIES The finisher (large stacker) requires the following staple cartridge: Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x three cartridges) MX-SC11 FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 125
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 4 Insert a new staple cartridge into the staple case. Push the staple cartridge in until it clicks into place. 5 Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Close the front cover. Make a proof copy in
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 126
    MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES SADDLE STITCH FINISHER This includes the offset function that outputs sorted paper while staggering each set of paper, the staple sort function that staples each set of prints, the saddle stitch function that automatically staples the center of the sheets and folds the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 127
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES SUPPLIES The saddle stitch finisher requires the following staple cartridge: Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x three cartridges) AR-SC2 SADDLE STITCH FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 128
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 4 Remove the empty staple cartridge from the staple case. 5 Insert a new staple cartridge into the staple case as shown. Push the staple cartridge in until it clicks into place. After inserting the staple cartridge, pull the seal that holds the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 129
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 8 Close the front cover. Make a proof copy in staple sort function to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 1-126
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 130
    , the staple sort function that staples each set of prints, the saddle stitch function that automatically staples the center of the sheets and folds the sheets in half, and the paper folding function that folds paper in half. You can also perform stapling manually. To punch holes in printed paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 131
    green. After two seconds elapse, stapling automatically starts. • To staple earlier than the auto staple start time, press the manual staple key. • Manual stapling cannot be executed during execution of a staple job. Relation between paper orientation and stapling result Paper Paper orientation
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 132
    staple cartridge: Finisher unit Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x three cartridges) MX-SC11 Saddle stitch unit Staple cartridge (approx. 2000 staples per cartridge x four cartridges) MX-SC12 SADDLE STITCH FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 133
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 2 Remove the staple case. 3 Remove the empty staple cartridge. 4 Insert a new staple cartridge into the staple case. Push the staple cartridge in until it clicks into place. 5 Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 134
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES Replacement the staple cartridge (saddle stitch unit) Before starting this procedure, remove all output from the output tray of the saddle finisher (large stacker). Do not replace removed output back in the output tray. 1 Open the front upper cover. 2
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 135
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 5 Insert a new staple cartridge into the staple case. Replace both staple cartridges. 6 Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 7 Push the front lower cover back in. 8 Close the front upper cover.
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 136
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES PUNCH MODULE The punch module can be installed on an inner finisher, finisher or saddle stitch finisher to punch holes in paper to be output. DISCARDING PUNCH WASTE Punch waste from punched holes is collected in the punch waste box. Follow the operation
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 137
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES 4 Replace the punch waste box. If the punch waste box is not replaced properly, printing will not be possible to use the punch function. 5 Slide the finisher to the right until it stops. 6 Close the finisher front cover. 1-134
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 138
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES Finisher installed 1 Open the front cover. 2 Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. 3 Replace the punch waste box. If the punch waste box is not replaced properly, printing will not be possible to use the punch function. 4
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 139
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES Finisher (large stacker) installed 1 Open the front cover. 2 Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. 3 Replace the punch waste box. If the punch waste box is not replaced properly, printing will not be possible to use the punch
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 140
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES Saddle stitch finisher installed 1 Open the front cover. 2 Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. 3 Replace the punch waste box. If the punch waste box is not replaced properly, printing will not be possible to use the punch
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 141
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►PERIPHERAL DEVICES Saddle stitch finisher (large stacker) installed 1 Open the front cover. 2 Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. 3 Replace the punch waste box. If the punch waste box is not replaced properly, printing will not be possible to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 142
    on the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/ MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V. To set a standard application in "Settings (administrator)": In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Sharp OSA Settings] → [Standard Application Settings]. 1 Easy Copy Easy Scan HDD File retrieve Sharp OSA LINE
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 143
    restart the machine, see "TURNING ON THE POWER (page 1-10)". To set up the external account application: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Sharp OSA Settings] → [External Accounting Application Settings]. Operation in external account mode The following describes operation
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 144
    of the machine. (External count mode can also be used when the user control function is disabled.) To enable the external count mode: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Sharp OSA Settings] → [External Accounting Application Settings] and enable the [External Account Control
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 145
    message will appear in the touch panel and printing and scanning will stop. In this event, tap the [Check how to remove misfeeds] key in the touch panel. When the key is tapped, instructions for removing the misfeed will appear. Follow the instructions. When the misfeed is cleared, the message will
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 146
    explains how to clean the machine, replace the toner cartridge, the waste toner box, and the stamp cartridge. REGULAR MAINTENANCE To dirty, the dirt will appear as dirty spots, colored lines, or white lines in the scanned image. Keep these parts clean at all times. Wipe the parts with a clean, soft
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 147
    it to its storage position. When using the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V 1 Open the automatic document feeder and remove the glass cleaner. 2 Clean the document scanning area on the document glass with the glass cleaner. One scanning area is on the document glass and the other
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 148
    USING THE MACHINE►MAINTENANCE 6 Replace the glass cleaner. When using the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V 1 Open the automatic document feeder and remove the glass cleaner. 2 Clean the document scanning area on the document glass with the glass cleaner. 3 Replace the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 149
    cleaned on the MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V. The charger cleaner cannot be used. ► MC Cleaning Mode (MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V only) (page 7-173) MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V only 1 Open the front cover. 2 Remove the waste toner box. Press the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 150
    -hand side of the charger cleaner over the hook to place it on the near side. (3) (3) Turn the charger cleaner onto hook. 7 Push the waste toner box into the machine. Push in until you hear a "click" sound indicating that the left and right locks are engaged. 1-147
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 151
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►MAINTENANCE 8 Close the front cover. • If the problem persists after you perform these steps, repeat the cleaning procedure going back and forth about 3 times. • When pulling and pushing the knob to clean the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 152
    /MX-5070V/ MX-6050V/MX-6070V, open the front cover on the finisher (large stacker), or the front upper cover on the saddle stitch finisher (large stacker), before opening the front cover of the machine. 2 Remove the waste toner box. Press the release buttons on the sides of the waste toner box
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 153
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►MAINTENANCE 5 Close the front cover. 1-150
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 154
    /MX-5070V/ MX-6050V/MX-6070V, open the front cover on the finisher (large stacker), or the front upper cover on the saddle stitch finisher (large stacker), before opening the front cover of the machine. 2 Remove the waste toner box. Press the release buttons on the sides of the waste toner box
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 155
    your other hand to press down on the hook that secures the cleaner, and remove the cleaner. Put the removed cleaner back on the waste toner box. 7 Attach the new cleaner to the cleaning tool. (1) Align the cleaner hook with the attachment hole in the cleaning tool. (2) Hold the cleaner firmly
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 156
    (4 holes) in the laser unit. The laser unit is cleaned in four locations, including the location cleaned in step 8. Clean all holes. Cleaning locations 10 Boss (2) (3) Replace the cleaning tool. (1) Engage the cleaning tool onto the boss and turn it around it, and then put the edge (the cleaner
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 157
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►MAINTENANCE 11 Push the waste toner box into the machine. Push in until you hear . CLEANING THE PAPER FEED ROLLER (for MX-2630N/ MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V only) If lines or other dirt appear on the scanned original when the automatic document feeder is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 158
    have run out of toner are indicated in Y: Yellow toner, M: Magenta toner, C: Cyan toner, and Bk: Black toner Replace the toner cartridge with a one of the relevant color. Change the toner cartridge When using the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V Toner Low Do not
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 159
    using the MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V Magenta Cyan Open the toner cover. Yellow Black When using the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V Magenta Yellow Cyan Open the front cover. Black 2 Pull the toner cartridge toward you. The empty toner cartridge is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 160
    until you hear a "click" sound 6 When using the MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V Close the toner cover. When using the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V Close the front cover. After the toner cartridge is replaced, the machine automatically enters image adjustment
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 161
    falls to "25-0%", keep a toner cartridge for replacement purposes before toner runs out. • When toner runs out while the home screen is displayed, the "Toner Empty" message appears in the upper right corner of the screen. To manually remove the toner cartridge Set the toner cartridge to be removed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 162
    appear. Follow the instructions. When the waste toner box is replaced, the message will automatically disappear. Replace waste toner box. Information When a finisher (large stacker) or saddle stitch finisher (large stacker) is installed on the MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/ MX-6070V, open the front
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 163
    has become light, replace the stamp cartridge (AR-SV1). Supplies Stamp cartridge (2 in package) AR-SV1 When using the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V 1 Open the automatic document feeder. 2 Remove the document backplate sheet from the automatic document feeder. Remove the sheet
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 164
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►MAINTENANCE 6 Push the stamp unit back in. Push the stamp unit in until it clicks into place. 7 Close the automatic document feeder to attach the document backplate sheet. When the automatic document feeder is closed, the document backplate sheet on the document glass
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 165
    BEFORE USING THE MACHINE►MAINTENANCE When using the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V 1 Open the document feeder tray. 2 Remove the stamp cartridge while pushing it downwards. 3 Install a new stamp cartridge. 4 Close the document feeder tray. 1-162
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 166
    name of a file, program, folder or user. Displays the entered text. Retrieves the stored words. Use "Settings" to store words. Subject Cancel is selected in "Settings" → [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Keyboard Settings] → [Default Keyboard Setting] → [Set Keyboard Priority], the soft
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 167
    THE ORIGINAL SIZE 2-10 SELECTING THE PAPER TRAY MANUAL ADJUSTMENT OF EXPOSURE AND ORIGINAL TYPE 2-23 2-23 2-23 ENLARGE/REDUCE AUTO RATIO SELECT MANUAL /GROUP SETTING STAPLE SETTINGS PUNCH SETTINGS FOLD SETTING INSERTING • CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS (ORIGINAL COUNT).
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 168
    SCANNING FUNCTIONS 2-92 • COLLECTIVELY SCANNING A LARGE NUMBER OF ORIGINALS (JOB BUILD 2-92 • SCANNING ORIGINALS OF DIFFERENT SIZES (MIXED SIZE ORIGINAL 2-95 • SCANNING THIN ORIGINALS (SLOW SCAN MODE 2-98 • ADJUSTING RESOLUTION WHEN SCANNING ADJUSTING THE SHARPNESS OF AN IMAGE (SHARPNESS 2-130
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 169
    Punch 100% Off Change to normal mode. ► NORMAL MODE (page 2-4) Select function to be set up. Change the function display. Reset all settings. CA Preview Copies B/W Start Color Start 2nd screen Scans the original and shows a preview Enter the number of copies. image. ► PREVIEW SCREEN (page
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 170
    mode icon. Easy Copy Easy Scan HDD File retrieve Sharp OSA LINE PRINTER Job Status Easy Copy Easy Scan HDD File retrieve Sharp OSA LINE PRINTER Job Status CLOUD PORTAL Easy Copy Easy Scan Easy Fax Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 171
    Global Address Search Scan to HDD/ USB CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color Start If the easy mode icon appears, tap the icon. Easy Scan HDD File retrieve Address Book Address Fax Number Exposure Auto Resolution Super Fine Original Sharp OSA Job Build Slow Scan Mode Mixed Size
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 172
    /Desktop Job Build Internet Fax Slow Scan Mode Mixed Size Orig. Copy Sharp OSA Sharp OSA LINE PRINTER Job Status Global Address Search E-Mail Network Folder HDD File retrieve Sending History Call Search Number Direct TX Call Program Call Registered settings Send Same Image as Fax Address
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 173
    3 Select functions. Specify the original scan size, exposure, resolution, etc. Tap can refer to the following functions for the setting. In Easy mode Original 8½x11 Paper Select and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 11 8½x11 22 8½x11R 33 8½x14
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 174
    Preview CA B/W Start Color Start • To make 2-sided copies, configure the 2-sided copy settings before scanning the original. ► AUTOMATIC 2-SIDED COPYING (page 2-17) • When not checking the preview Store Data in Folder Scan Original Again Without change Settings CA B/W Start Color Start 2-8
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 175
    Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Scan Original Again Without change Settings CA B/W Start Color Start • In normal mode, page 2-20) ► MANUAL ADJUSTMENT OF EXPOSURE AND ORIGINAL TYPE (page 2-23) In Easy mode In Normal mode Preview CA Scan Again B/W Start
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 176
    original size is set to [Auto], the automatically detected size (standard size) is displayed. If the original size is specified manually, the specified Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 11 8½x11 22 8½x11R 33 8½x14 44 11x17 Plain 8½x11
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 177
    to [Auto], some original sizes may be detected as other one that is near the standard size. In this case, manually set the original size. ► SELECTING THE ORIENTATION AND SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL (page 2-33) • When placing a non-standard size original on the document glass, you can
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 178
    90 degrees The original seen from behind The paper seen from behind To set Rotation Copy: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Rotation Copy Setting]. When [Rotation Copy] is selected, Rotation Copy operates when Auto Paper Select or
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 179
    to change the paper size for copying, you can select the paper tray manually. If the selected tray runs out of paper during a copy job and change the initially selected tray: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Paper Tray]. 1 Tap
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 180
    copying, and tap Paper Select 8½x11 2-Sided Copy Copy Ratio Staple / Punch the keys for any other settings you 100% Off want to select. Tray 1 1 → 1 • Paper Select ►page 2-13 • 2-Sided this event, change the paper tray manually. 3 Tap the [Preview] key. ► PREVIEW SCREEN (page 1-17) 2-14
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 181
    mode Detail you want to use for copying, and tap Paper Select 8½x11 2-Sided Copy Copy Ratio Staple / Punch the keys for any other settings you 100% Off want to select. Tray 1 1 → 1 • Paper Select ►page 2-13 • 2-Sided Copy ►page 2-17 CA Preview Copies B/W Start Color Start • Copy Ratio
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 182
    MAKING COPIES 4 Tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to start copying. When making only one set of copies, you do not need to specify the number of copies. To make two or more sets of copies: Tap the number of copies key to specify the number of copies. Original 8½x11 Paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 183
    sided originals Automatic 2-sided copying of 2-sided originals 1-sided copying of 2-sided originals • To make 2-sided copies, configure the 2-sided copy settings before scanning the original. • Dual-side copy helps to save paper. 1 Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 184
    copying of 1-sided originals Dual-side copy helps to save paper. To change the default 2-sided copy mode: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [2-Sided Copy]. 1 Place the original on the document glass. ► DOCUMENT GLASS (page 1-84
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 185
    the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper tray manually. 5 Tap the [Preview] key. 6 Tap the [Color Start] or When finished, press [Read-End]. Set the next original, and tap the Detail [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to scan Paper Select Staple / Punch the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 186
    key. • To change the default color mode: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Color Mode]. • To tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to manually switch between color and black & white. • When [B/W Start] is selected, the [
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 187
    B/W Start Color Start the specified color. 5 Specify the color to change the extracted color to. After the settings are completed, tap the key on the [2 Color] screen, and check that the changed setting is displayed at the side of [2 Color] key on the color mode screen. After you have checked
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 188
    /Direction. 2-Sided Copy Tap a color you wish to use. After the settings are completed, tap on the [Single Single Color N-Up Put Multiple Pages in A Page Color] screen, and check that the changed setting is Red Green Blue Margin Shift Shift Position to Have Margin Erase
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 189
    the original type depending on the original to be copied or manually adjust the exposure. To change the default exposure: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Exposure Type]. 1 Tap the [Exposure] key. ► COPY MODE (page 2-3) 2-23
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 190
    original type. Toner Save Reduce Toner Consumption Auto Color Mode Tap the key matching the original. Manual Text Printed Photo color of a color copy: Tap the [Color Tone Enhancement] checkbox so that appears. Set the [Color Tone Enhancement] when you select an original type. • [Copy of Copy]
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 191
    of Selected Tray Tap or slide the slider to adjust the copy exposure. Toner Save Reduce Toner Consumption Auto Color Mode If you adjust the exposure with the original type selected to Manual Background Adjustment [Auto], the original image type is automatically selected to Text Text
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 192
    , the size must be entered in order to use Auto Image. To change the default ratio: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Copy Ratio]. 1 Manually select the paper tray, and place the original. Place the original in the document
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 193
    COPIER►BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES MANUAL RATIO SELECTION This section explains [100%] key. To add any ratio as a preset ratio: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios]. To select the added preset
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 194
    By Paper Size Original 11x17 8½x11 Paper 11x17 8½x11 ( 25~200 ) % Slightly Reduce (3% Reduction) CA Preview Copies B/W Start Color Start To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. Specify the original size (paper size of the loaded original) and the copy size (paper size of the copy output
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 195
    inch Input inch 0% Tap the area of image size and output size, and enter the Preview CA sizes using the numeric keys. After the settings are completed, tap . Others 4 11x17 B/W Start Color Start • If you have entered an incorrect size: Tap the [C] key, and then enter the correct size
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 196
    . When the automatic document feeder is used, the vertical and horizontal ratio selection ranges are both between 25% to 200%. To cancel the XY zoom setting: Tap the [Zoom] tab or the [CA] key. Using the preset ratio key 1 Tap the [Detail] key to change to normal mode. ► Changing mode from
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 197
    Size/Direction. Paper Select Change Paper Feed Tray 2-Sided Copy Background Adjustment Preview CA B/W Start Color Start Tap the [X] key, and set the X (horizontal) ratio. • To quickly set the ratio, first specify a value close to the desired one, then adjust it with . • Tap each area of the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 198
    Source Input inch Input inch Output Input inch Input inch Copy Ratio 0 0 Check that a paper size suitable for the ratio is selected. After the settings are completed, tap . Preview CA Others 4 11x17 B/W Start Color Start Tap the image size and output size areas, and enter the sizes using
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 199
    a non-standard size or is not detected correctly, manually specify the original size. Set the orientation of the image to ensure that the is correctly recognized. • Set the orientation and size of the original before scanning the original. • The original size is set in normal mode. Specifying
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 200
    the [AB] tab. 5 Original No. of copies 1 Image Orientation Color Mode 2-Sided Copy Background Adjustment Tap the appropriate original size key. After the settings are completed, tap . Auto AB 8½x11 Inch Direct Entry A5 B5R Custom Size B4 Blank Page Skip Skip Blank Page in Original Copy
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 201
    COPIER►BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES Specifying the orientation and size of a non-standard size originals 1 Tap the [Original] key to set the orientation of the original. ► COPY MODE (page 2-3) 2 Tap the [Detail] key to change to normal mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 2-5) 3 Tap
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 202
    COPIER►BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES STORING FREQUENTLY USED ORIGINAL SIZES Store the frequently used non-standard original sizes. This section explains how to store, retrieve, change, and delete non-standard original sizes. • The stored original size will be retained even if the main power is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 203
    Execute 4 11x17 Preview CA B/W Start Color Start It is convenient to use to finely adjust the entered size. 7 Tap the [Execute] key After the settings are completed, tap the key, and check that the key of the size stored on the original screen is added properly. After you have checked
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 204
    COPIER►BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES Retrieving a stored original size 1 Tap the [Detail] key to change to normal mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 2-5) 2 Tap the [Original] key. 3 Tap the [Custom Size] tab. 4 Original No. of copies 1 Image Orientation Store/Delete Original
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 205
    . Each tray key displays the size and type of the loaded paper. ► SELECTING THE PAPER TRAY FOR COPYING (page 2-13) 3 To select more detailed settings, tap the [Detail] key to switch to normal mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 2-5) 4 Tap the [Paper Select] key. 5 Paper Select No. of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 206
    x11,320x450,225x320 Auto-Inch 12x18(A3W),11x17, 8½ x14,8½ x11, 8½ x11R,5½ x 8½R,7½ x 10½ R,A3,A4, B4,B5,320x450,225x320 Tap the [Size] tab, and tap the key that loading paper such as 8-1/2"x11". • [Size Set] key: Tap this key to manually specify the paper size that is not detected automatically
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 207
    is placed on the document glass. Sorts the scanned original on a set basis, and outputs them. Originals Finished Group Groups the scanned original on a page basis, and outputs them. When 5 is set for the number of copies Originals Finished When 5 is set for the number of copies 1 Tap the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 208
    at the preset size regardless of the copy ratio or paper size setting. • To change the default staple position: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Staple Position]. • An inner finisher, finisher, finisher (large stacker), saddle
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 209
    Off Position Select the number of staples and staple position. • After the settings are completed, tap . • A binding position cannot be selected for the output destination before selecting stapling. • If the number of scanned originals exceeds the staple sheet limit, a message is displayed. Tap
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 210
    on the screen, and tap the [On] key. (If you select "Settings (administrator)" → [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Device Control], then set the [Automatic Saddle Stitch] check box to .) • If the number of scanned originals exceeds the staple sheet limit, a message is displayed. Tap [Divide
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 211
    not punch. Portrait orientation Punch Position Top Right Landscape orientation • To change the default punch settings: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Punch]. • Punch positions are linked to staple positions. • You can view
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 212
    the original to have the orientation be correctly recognized. ► Specifying the orientation of the original (page 2-33) 2 Select punching and set the position. After the settings are completed, tap . In normal mode • You can select the offset output checkbox easy removal from the output tray. to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 213
    before delivery to the output tray. Fold Inside Fold Outside • To change the default fold setting: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Fold]. • A saddle stitch finisher or saddle stitch finisher (large stacker), is required to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 214
    . • When used in combination with the offset function, a separator page is never offset by itself; the separator page is always offset together with the set of output. 1 Tap the [Detail] key to change to normal mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 2-5) Tap the [Original] key and specify the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 215
    Bypass Bypass Paper Tray Paper Tray 1 (1~9999) Color Mode • To insert separator pages between sets of copies, set the [Insert Top of Sets] or [Insert End of Sets] checkbox to . Next, tap to specify the number of copies in Insert Before Job Insert After Job Bypass Bypass Paper Tray Paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 216
    A B AB ABCD AB CD When inserting a cover sheet, select Cover Setting to copy only a front sheet to one page and collectively copy the second 82) ► DOCUMENT GLASS (page 1-84) When using the document glass to scan multiple original pages, change the original and tap the [B/W Start] or [Color
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 217
    Type to Arrange in 1 Page. Off Layout 2-Up 4-Up 8-Up Border Off Original Back 4 11x17 • To cancel the N-Up setting: Tap the [Off] key. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. Covers/Inserts Insert Covers/Inserts Booklet Copy Like A Pamphlet 2-Sided Copy Color Mode Margin Shift Shift
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 218
    are copied onto 2 separate pages. • Specify dual page copy before scanning the original. • To erase shadows caused by the binding of a book tap the [Dual Page Copy] key. A checkmark appears on the icon. After the settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. When dual page copy is selected, A4
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 219
    B4 Centerline of A3 Centerline of original original 11" x 17" original The page on this side is copied first. Centerline of original To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 4 Tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to start copying. 2-53
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 220
    Example of an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size portrait copy To change the default original size during Card Shot: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Card Shot Settings]. 1 Tap the [Card Shot] key. ► COPY MODE (page 2-3) 2 Select the paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 221
    GLASS (page 1-84) 5 Place a card face up on the document glass, and tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to scan the reverse side. • Copy settings cannot be changed when scanning additional pages. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 6 Tap the [Read-End] key to start copying. 2-55
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 222
    copies multiple same original images on one sheet. You can set any of the following three types of repeat copy. (Up to 2-1/8" x 2-5/8" (57 mm x 100 mm)) • Repeat Layout must be specified before scanning the original. • If the copy ratio automatically obtained in [Fixed Repeat] exceeds 25 to 400%
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 223
    ► SELECTING THE ORIENTATION AND SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL (page 2-33) Off Back 4 11x17 B/W Start Color Start ► MANUAL RATIO SELECTION (page 2-27) ► SELECTING THE PAPER TRAY FOR COPYING (page 2-13) Set so that there are one or more repeat faces. 6 Others Repeat Layout Auto Layout of Repeat Face
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 224
    COPIER►BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES 7 Tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to start copying. Copy by specifying a repeat count (Fixed Repeat) 1 Place the original. Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder, or on the document glass. ► AUTOMATIC
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 225
    /Direction. Color Mode Background Adjustment Exposure Select Type/Exposure Preview CA B/W Start Color Start Tap [No. of Faces] to set a repeat count. After the settings are completed, tap . The automatic calculation result is shown as the copy ratio. If the calculated copy ratio exceeds the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 226
    Size and Ratio. Color Mode Background Adjustment Exposure Tap the [Paper Select] key and select a paper size. Off Current Setting Select Type/Exposure After the settings are completed, tap and [Back] keys in Auto Repeat Fixed Repeat Photo Repeat Original Paper Select Copy Ratio 5½x8½R 8½x11
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 227
    COPIER►OTHER FUNCTIONS OTHER FUNCTIONS Other functions are set from the base screen of normal mode. ► SELECTING COPY MODE (page 2-4) Other functions cannot be selected in easy mode. OUTPUT AND LAYOUT EDITING FUNCTIONS MAKING
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 228
    PAMPHLET (BOOK COPY) (page 2-67) • When Booklet is selected, 2-sided copying mode is automatically selected. When settings are selected that prevent 2-sided copying, the booklet function cannot be used. • Scan the originals in order from the first page to the last page. The order of copying will be
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 229
    FUNCTIONS 5 When inserting a cover, tap the [Cover Setting] key, and tap the [On] key. After the settings are completed, tap and [Back] keys in sequence. , and tab paper cannot be used. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 6 Tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to start copying. 2-
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 230
    10 14 • The following paper sizes and number of sheets are available for booklet 2-Up or 4-Up. Paper size: 12"x 18", 11"x 17", 8-1/2"x 14", 8-1/2"x 11"R, A3W, A3, B4, A4R, B5R Number of stapled sheets: Max. 15 sheets • Scan the binding edge. To cancel the booklet setting: Tap the [Off] key. 2-64
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 231
    (Duplex)] box so that appears. • If the cover will be copied on, label sheets, transparency film, and tab paper cannot be used. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 6 Tap [N-Up] on the action panel. 7 Tap the key of the N-Up sheets you wish to use. If needed, the images
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 232
    Page. Off Layout 2-Up 4-Up 8-Up Border Off Back Original To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. Tap [Border], and select the border. A line can be inserted between pages arranged on a sheet. After the settings are completed, tap twice, and [Back] keys in sequence. CA B/W Start Color
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 233
    BC A 4 2 3 1 1 3 • Book Copy must be specified before scanning the original. • Four original pages will be copied onto each sheet of paper. Blank is selected, 2-sided copying mode is automatically selected. When settings are selected that prevent 2-sided copying, the book copy function
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 234
    cover and the 1st page (facing pages) The 2nd and 3rd pages (facing pages) The last page and inside of back cover (facing pages) • Copy settings cannot be changed when scanning additional pages. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 7 Tap the [Read-End] key to start copying. 2-68
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 235
    specified before scanning the original. • This function supports three original binding edges: left binding, right binding, and top open. • The scanned original is edge is correct. • To cancel the Book Divide setting: Tap the [Off] key. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 3 Tap the [Color Start]
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 236
    useless copies without checking an original. Blank page The blank pages are not copied. Copy • If an original of which one side is blank is scanned, blank pages are skipped for 2-sided copying. • Depending on the original, some pages that are not blank may be detected as blank pages and thus
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 237
    Skip Blank and Back Shadow] key. After the settings are completed, tap sequence. and [Back] keys in To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 4 Tap the Exposure Auto Sort/Group Auto Others 5 pages of original have been scanned. (P.10) Copy 8 pages of originals. Execute the job? Cancel 1 8½
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 238
    lighter. Level [-] You must select Background Adjustment before scanning the original. 1 Tap the [Others] key, and Sharpness Adjust Outline of Image Exposure Select Type/Exposure Color Mode Preview CA B/W Start Color Start Tap value. or move the slider to set the After the settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 239
    document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder, or on the document glass. ► AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (page 1-82) ► DOCUMENT GLASS (page 1-84) To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. 4 Tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to start copying. 2-73
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 240
    with a proof copy. If necessary, change the settings. Using this function stores the scanned original in the machine, saving you the trouble of re-scanning the original in the changed setting. Proof copy flow Select "Proof Copy" and set 5 sets of copies AAAA One set of copies is printed for you to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 241
    Others No. of copies 1 1 23 4 56 7 89 0 Send and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily Program Registration Register Current Settings File Store Data in Folder Scan Original Again Without change Settings 1 8½x11 2 8½x11R 3 8½x14 4 11x17 Plain 8½x11 Preview CA B/W Start Color Start
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 242
    copies 12 1 3 Program Registration Register Current Settings Call Eco Program Check the copy result. If no problem is found, tap the [Start Print] key count result is displayed with the number of scanned original sheets, not the number of scanned original pages. For example, when 2-sided copying
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 243
    2-Sided Copy 1-Sided→1-S1 i→ded1 original, the number "1" will appear to indicate that one Copy Ratio 100% Cancel OK original sheet was scanned, not "2" to indicate the front-side Exposure Sort/Group Auto Auto Others 1 8½x11 2 8½x11R 3 8½x14 4 11x17 Plain 8½x11 B/W Start CA Color Start
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 244
    , and a client machine registered in the master machine performs only printing without scanning the original. Execute 4 sets of copies Master machine 2 sets of copies 2 sets of copies Client machine Network environment • To use this function, two machines must be connected to your network
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 245
    feeder, or on the document glass. When using the document glass to scan multiple original pages, change the original and tap the [B/W Start] or Temporarily Up to 9999 copies (sets) can be set. The specified number File Paper Select Auto 7 89 Store Data in Folder of copies are shared between
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 246
    appear. This function does not operate in easy mode. To use the eco recommendation function display: "Settings (administrator)" → [System Settings] → [Energy Save] → [Eco Setting] → [Eco Recommendation Function Display]. The displayed functions are as follows. • 2-Sided Copy ►page 2-17 • N-Up
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 247
    conditions used to copy an output sheet with a hidden pattern print. To set a Hidden Pattern Print: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Security Settings] → [Hidden Pattern Print Setting]. 1 Place the original. Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 248
    Change Size/Direction. Stamp Print Date and Stamp Tap the [On] key, and specify each item in the [Default Settings] tab as Default Settings Print Contents Setting Color Mode Off Print Color Black 2-Sided Copy required. On Exposure Standard Font Size 48point N-Up Put Multiple Pages
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 249
    account job ID and date/time are displayed as shown below. Account job ID: 00000 Date/time: MM/DD/YYYY hh:mm To configure print settings: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Security Settings] → [Tracking Information Print] → [Tracking Information Print
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 250
    be used in combination with the margin shift function. To change the default margin shift setting: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Initial Margin Shift Setting]. 1 Place the original. Place the original in the document feeder tray
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 251
    Adjustment 1/2 (0 ~ 2) inch 1/2 (0 ~ 2) inch Fit Back Face to Front Face Value 4 11x17 Preview CA B/W Start Color Start Tap the image shift direction. 4 Sets a margin shift width. Tap the numeric value display indicating the margin shift area on the front side or reverse side, and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 252
    portrait. To change the default erase width setting: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Erase Width Adjustment]. The factory default setting is 1/2" (10 mm). The changed setting is also applied to the Setting mode selection of [System
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 253
    when erasing edges of one to three sides of Up, Down, Left, and Right on the front side to scan a 2-sided original. • If the [Reverse erase position of back face] checkbox is set to edge on the front side will be erased. , the edge in the position opposite to the erased • If
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 254
    output image size of original." is displayed on the page. Tap [OK]. When you have finished selecting other settings, tap the [Back] key. To cancel the full bleed copy setting: Tap the [Full Bleed Copy] key to uncheck it. 2 Place the original. ► AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (page 1-82) ► DOCUMENT
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 255
    centering function Using the centering function Centering must be specified before scanning the original. • When the original size or the paper size be used. • This function cannot be used in combination with an enlargement setting. If enlargement of 101% or more is selected, the enlargement is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 256
    COPIER►OTHER FUNCTIONS SPECIFYING A PAPER POSITION (POSITION IMAGE) This function moves the scanned original to a specified position to make a copy. You can make a copy in any desired position as you can fine adjust the position. We recommend that
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 257
    you want to copy in the horizontal orientation, specify "Left" as the starting side of the original. Even if you copied in the horizontal orientation, setting the starting side of the original to the top enables measurement of the movement distance in the same way as in the vertical orientation. To
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 258
    saves you the trouble of sorting the copies. When scanning originals that are separated into sets, scan the set that has the first page first. The individual copy settings can be configured for each set of originals to be scanned separately. Up to 100 sets of originals can be scanned for one job
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 259
    Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Plain 8½x11 Preview CA Start Place the next set of originals and tap the [Start] key. Repeat this step until all originals have been scanned. • To change copy settings for each set of originals, tap the [Change Setting] key. For more information, see
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 260
    ►OTHER FUNCTIONS Changing the copy settings for each set of originals As necessary, change copy settings for each set of originals. Perform the steps below before scanning the next set of originals in step 4 of "Copying in job build mode (page 2-92)". A [Separator Page] setting cannot be changed for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 261
    mixed with 11" x 17" (A3) size originals. When scanning the originals, the machine automatically detects the size of each original 17" (A3) size for printing. There are two settings for mixed size originals. Same Width Use this setting for originals that are different sizes but have sides that
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 262
    Width] is selected on the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, automatic two-sided scanning cannot be used. • When A4R), etc.). To set the machine to always scan mixed originals • In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Device Control
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 263
    /MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V If the printed image is skewed when using the mixed size original function for originals of mixed width, open the document feeder cover, change the switch position, and then scan the originals. Switch position A is used for normal scanning, and switch
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 264
    →2-Sided" and "2-Sided→1-Sided" modes of automatic 2-sided copying cannot be used. To always scan the original in the slow scan mode: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Device Control] → [Original Feeding Mode]. 1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Slow
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 265
    [Scan Resolution] key. 2 Others Scan Resolution Original Change Size/Direction. Exposure Select Type/Exposure Select the resolution. The resolution can be set to both the document feeder and This setting is applied to B/W copy with copy ratio set to 100%. Document Feeder Document Glass Toner
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 266
    , you can print text such as "CONFIDENTIAL" or "PRIORITY". You can print pre-set text or any characters as the text. Each of the items above can be printed on copy image that moves, the image will be printed in the position set in the stamp. Stamp items are printed for each copy sheet. Stamp
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 267
    the [Stamp] key. 3 Tap a tab to be printed, and tap the format. The format of the [Text] tab can be entered using pre-set text or soft keyboard. ► Setting using the [Text] tab (page 2-102) When you tap the tab, the display tab is switched. 4 Others Stamp Cancel All Date Page Numbering
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 268
    select the required one of the registered formats for printing. Tapping the [Store/Delete] key allows you to edit, delete, or store pre-set text. Others Stamp Pre-Set Text No.01 No.02 No.03 No.04 No.05 No.06 Back Cancel All Store/Delete Clear 4 11x17 Original Change Size
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 269
    . Makes a stamp copy by sheet. Makes a stamp copy as normal. Makes a stamp copy as normal. Based on the tandem copy. Based on the custom image setting. Printing does not take place on separator pages. Makes a stamp copy as normal. Makes a stamp copy by sheet. Makes a stamp copy as normal. Makes
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 270
    . Cannot be combined. Prints an image at the original position regardless of the Position Image setting. Makes a stamp copy by sheet. • An image must be registered in advance from the printer driver to the machine. ► REGISTERING A CUSTOM IMAGE (page 3-51) • A custom stamp image is copied by sheet
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 271
    Multiple Pages in A Page Preview CA B/W Start Color Start • To cancel the custom image setting: Tap the [Off] key. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. Set [Print Page] or [Print Position]. After the settings are completed, tap sequence. and [Back] keys in 6 Tap the [Color Start] or
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 272
    and back covers of a copy job. It is helpful when you want to change cover paper to make resources look better. Configure insertion sheet settings if needed. • To insert insertion sheets, see "INSERTING INSERTION SHEETS IN COPIES (COVERS/INSERTS) (page 2-114)". • For N-Up, the layout is based on the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 273
    cover, and also makes a 2-sided copy on the fifth and sixth original pages for back cover. 2 2 2 2-sided copying of 1-sided originals Setting conditions for each cover Front Cover Back Cover Resulting copies Not copied Not copied 1 3 5 6 4 Inserts cover sheets at the beginning and end
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 274
    COPIER►OTHER FUNCTIONS Setting conditions for each cover Front Cover Back Cover Resulting copies 1-sided copy Not copied 6 3 1 2 5 6 Makes a 1-sided copy on the first original page for front cover,
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 275
    front cover, and also makes a 2-sided copy on the fifth and sixth original pages for back cover. 1-sided copying of 2-sided originals Setting conditions for each cover Front Cover Back Cover Resulting copies Not copied Not copied 1 2 3 4 5 6 Inserts cover sheets at the beginning and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 276
    COPIER►OTHER FUNCTIONS Setting conditions for each cover Front Cover Back Cover Resulting copies 1-sided copy 2-sided copy 6 1 2 3 4 5 Makes a 1-sided copy on the first original page for front cover,
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 277
    COPIER►OTHER FUNCTIONS 2-sided copying of 2-sided originals Setting conditions for each cover Front Cover Back Cover Resulting copies Not copied Not copied 1 3 5 6 4 2 Inserts cover sheets at the beginning and end of copies. 6 4 1 3 5 1-sided
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 278
    the originals in the document feeder tray, select 1-sided or 2-sided copying, and select the number of copies and any other desired copy settings. When these settings have been completed, perform the procedure to select covers/inserts. • One sheet can be inserted for each of front and back covers
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 279
    the [Make No Copy] key. If you selected the [2-Sided Copy] key, tap the [Book] or [Tablet] key for the front cover binding. After the settings are completed, tap and [Back] keys in sequence. Back 4 11x17 B/W Start Color Start To change the cover input tray: Tap the [Paper Tray
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 280
    sheets are inserted into six 1-sided originals or three 2-sided originals using two copy modes. 1-sided original copying Insertion sheet setting conditions Resulting copies Insert an insertion sheet in 1-sided copy mode. Insert an insertion sheet in 2-sided copy mode. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Not
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 281
    the originals in the document feeder tray, select 1-sided or 2-sided copying, and select the number of copies and any other desired copy settings. When these settings have been completed, perform the procedure to select covers/inserts. • The insertion sheet size must be the same as the copy size
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 282
    . The total number of insertion sheets is displayed at the side of [Enter] key. Repeat these steps for the number of insertion sheets. After the settings are completed, tap and [Back] keys in sequence. • If you have entered an incorrect insert page number: Tap the [Page Layout] key and change the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 283
    Simplex 2-Sided Copy Preview CA If you selected [2-Sided Copy], tap the [Book] key or [Tablet] key for the insert sheet binding. After the settings are completed, tap . Back Tab Copy 4 11x17 B/W Start Color Start • To change an insertion sheet: Tap the [Paper Tray] key, and select the tray
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 284
    Type C Make No Copy To edit or delete, tap the required key. When deleting, tap the [Delete] key. When editing, tap the [Modify] key. When setting consecutive insertion of different types of - Back Cover Make No Copy Preview CA inserts at the same page, you can tap [Replace Order of Inserts
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 285
    in the bypass tray, and load transparency film sheets. Oriented Oriented horizontally vertically After loading the transparency film, configure the bypass tray settings. ► MAKING COPIES USING THE BYPASS TRAY (page 2-39) 2 Place the original. Place the original in the document feeder tray of the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 286
    in A Page Color Mode Margin Shift Shift Position to Have Margin Preview CA B/W Start Color Start • To cancel the transparency inserts setting: Tap the [Off] key. • To cancel all settings: Tap the [CA] key. Tap the [On] key. When making a copy on insertion sheets, tap the [Also Make Copy on
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 287
    COPIER►OTHER FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS FOR SPECIFIC USES COPYING CAPTIONS ONTO TAB PAPER (TAB COPY) Load a tab sheet in the bypass tray, and make a copy on a tab. Prepare appropriate originals for tab captions. GHI DEF ABC ABC GHI DEF ABC Prepare originals that match the tab positions. The image is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 288
    Copy must be specified before scanning the original. To change the default image shift width for tab copying: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Copy Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Initial Tab Copy Setting]. The factory default setting is 1/2" (10 mm). 1 Tap the [Others
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 289
    Image Shift 1/2 (0 ~ 5/8) inch Original Change Size/Direction. Proof Copy Copy 1 page to check File Store Data in Folder Color Mode Exposure Select Type/Exposure Preview CA Sets an image shift width (tab width). • Tap the numeric value display indicating the image shift width, and enter
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 290
    x 17" (A3) paper) • You must select Multi-Page Enlargement before scanning the original. • Place an original on the document glass. • When Multi original size and enlargement size. (The paper size and ratio cannot be selected manually.) 1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Multi-Page Enlargement]
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 291
    to. Exposure Select Type/Exposure AB Inch The image orientation appears. Original Size 8½x11 8½x14 Enlargement Size 22x17 (11x17x2) After the settings are completed, tap and [Back] keys in 11x17 22x34 (11x17x4) sequence. Print Paste Position Mark Back 34x44 (11x17x8) 44x68 4 11x17
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 292
    original into a mirror image. Originals Specify the Mirror Image before scanning an original. Mirror image copy 1 Tap the [Others] key checkmark appears on the icon. After the settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. To cancel the mirror image setting: Tap the [Mirror Image] key to uncheck
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 293
    ) can be copied using Black/White Reverse to reduce toner consumption. Originals B/W reverse copy • B/W Reverse must be specified before scanning the original. • When this function is selected, the "Exposure/Original Type" setting for exposure adjustment automatically changes to "Text". When this
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 294
    of images and text. You must select Quick Image Quality Adjustment before scanning the original. 1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [ RGB Exposure After the settings are completed, tap and [Back] keys in On 1 2 3 Select Type/Exposure Color Mode sequence. Smooth Sharp Touch [+] to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 295
    green), and B (blue). R(Red)+ G(Green)+ B(Blue)+ RGB must be specified before scanning the original. 1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [RGB Adjust] key. adjustment of the first color is canceled.) • To cancel the RGB adjust setting: Tap the [Off] key. 4 Place the original. Place the original
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 296
    Adjust Thickness of RGB Off Exposure 1 2 3 Select Type/Exposure On Color Mode Less Sharp More Sharp Select [More Sharp] for sharper outlines, or [Less Sharp] for softer outlines. After the settings are completed, tap and [Back] keys in Preview CA sequence. Back 4 11x17 B/W Start
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 297
    C Cyan+ M Magenta+ Y Yellow+ Bk Black+ Color Balance must be specified before scanning the original. To change the default color balance setting: Change the setting in "Settings (administrator)" → [System Settings] → [Image Quality Adjustment] → [Copy Image Quality]→ [Color Balance (Color)] or
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 298
    currently being adjusted will return to their default color balance values. • To return all color balances to defaults: Tap the [Cancel All] key. The default settings are the values set in "Settings (administrator)" → [System Settings] → [Image Quality Adjustment] → [Copy Image Quality]→ [Color
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 299
    Originals Brightness must be specified before scanning the original. Light 1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Brightness] key. 2 Others Brightness This setting is only applied to color. Original Change Size/Direction. Intensity Adjust Intensity Sharpness Tap the key or slide the slider
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 300
    This function adjusts the intensity (saturation) of a color copy image. Weakening the intensity Originals Strengthening the intensity You must set the intensity before scanning the original. This function cannot be combined with [Copy of Copy] or [Color Tone Enhancement] in Exposure. 1 Tap the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 301
    not appear while an original is being scanned. • Depending on the settings of the job in progress, the [ Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 11 8½x11 22 8½x11R 33 8½x14 screen. Enter the login name and password to perform user authentication. 2
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 302
    COPIER►CONVENIENT COPY FUNCTIONS 4 Tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to start interrupt copying. When the interrupt copy job is completed, the interrupted job will resume. The interrupt copy function does not display the preview of the scanned original. 2-136
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 303
    send an e-mail with an image attached, or save data in the network folder. You need to store the destination in the address book in advance. ► 1-96) The fax and image send transmission starts after the copy, and the settings same as the copy are used for transmission. However, the same results as
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 304
    each copy item as required. These copy settings are used for fax transmission. However, some settings may be unavailable depending on the function. You can preview the scanned original by tapping the [Preview] key. 6 Tap the [Color Start] or [B/W Start] key to start copying. After the copy, the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 305
    PROGRESS (page 1-91) ► CHECKING COMPLETED JOBS (page 1-92) Easy Scan Color Mode Full Color Original Auto 8½x11 Paper Select Auto 2-Sided Copy 12 45 78 0 Sharp OSA 1 3 6 9 LINE PRINTER Job Status Send and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 1
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 306
    "RETRIEVING A PROGRAM (page 2-142)". For example, suppose 11" x 17" (A3) size CAD drawings are copied once a month for archive purposes using the following settings: • The 11" x 17" (A3) size CAD drawings are reduced to 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size. • To reduce paper use by half, 2-sided copying is used
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 307
    . of copies 1 Program Registration Select Program No. to Register 01 01 Pre-Setting Program 02 02 Tap an unused key. A key with a program stored is 06 07 07 08 08 Preview CA 09 09 10 10 Others 4 11x17 B/W Start Color Start If you do not set a name for the program, a serial number
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 308
    also print serial number and account job ID. 09 09 10 10 When you have completed the settings, tap and the Others 4 11x17 B/W Start Color Start user authentication is disabled, the administrator password entry screen appears. When the administrator password is entered, the registration is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 309
    1 Tap [Call Program] on the action panel. 2 No. of copies 1 Call Program Registered setting is called when touched. 01 01 Pre-Setting Program 02 02 03 03 04 04 05 05 06 06 07 07 08 08 09 09 10 10 Others 4 11x17 Change Name Delete Register in Favorite Register for Home Tap [Change
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 310
    FUNCTION OF THE MACHINE PRINTING IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE 3-4 • PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS SCREEN / REFERRING TO HELP 3-6 • SAVING SETTINGS AT THE TIME OF PRINTING 3-11 • USING SAVED SETTINGS 3-12 • CHANGING THE PRINTER DRIVER DEFAULT SETTINGS 3-12 PRINTING IN A Mac OS
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 311
    3-69 • CHANGING THE RENDERING METHOD AND PRINTING JPEG IMAGES (USE DRIVER TO RENDER JPEGS 3-71 • MAXIMIZING THE PRINT AREA ON THE PAPER PRINTING A FILE IN USB MEMORY. . . 3-82 DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN A NETWORK FOLDER 3-83 DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM A COMPUTER . . . . . 3-86 • SUBMIT PRINT JOB
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 312
    Setup Guide. • The User's Manual mainly uses PCL6 printer driver screens to explain how to print in a Windows environment. The printer driver screens may differ slightly depending on the printer driver you are using. Mac OS Environment Printer driver type PS PS This printer driver supports the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 313
    application. • The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Property] or [Preferences]) may vary depending on the application. • The machine name that normally appears in the [Printer] menu is [MX-xxxx]. ("xxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 314
    ►PRINTING IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT 3 (1) (2) (3) 4 Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. Select print settings. (1) Click the settings. ► PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS SCREEN / REFERRING TO HELP (page 3-6) • If an original size larger than the largest paper size that the machine supports is set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 315
    page 3-11) (3) [Defaults] Return the settings on the currently selected tab to their default state. (4) Setup Items Displays the settings on each tab. (5) Information icon( ) Some restrictions exist on the combinations of settings that can be selected in the printer driver properties window. When
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 316
    [Help] button Displays the Help window of the printer driver. • Help can be displayed for a setting by clicking the setting and pressing the [F1] key. Size" is automatically selected. (The factory default setting is plain paper only.) • When "Paper Type" is set to anything other than [Auto Select]
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 317
    ►PRINTING IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT PRINTING ON set to [Same as Original Size], "Paper Type" is automatically set to [Envelope]. (3) Select [Bypass Tray] in "Paper Tray". When [Enable Selected Paper Type in Bypass Tray] (enabled by factory default) is enabled in "Settings (administrator)", set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 318
    user information is not stored in the machine: In "Settings (administrator)", select [User Control] → [Default Settings] → [Disable Printing by Invalid User]. 1 In the printer driver properties window of the application, select the printer driver of the machine and click the [Preferences] button
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 319
    by login name/password, click [Login Name/Password] and enter your login name and password. Enter the password using 1 to 32 not enter a job name, the file name set in the application will appear. • To have a confirmation window appear before printing starts, select the [Auto Windows. 3-10
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 320
    be saved as Favorite. Saving frequently used settings or complex color settings under an assigned name makes it easy to select those settings the next time you need to use them. Settings can be saved from any tab of the printer driver properties window. Settings configured on each tab are listed at
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 321
    you want to use. (2) Click the [OK] button. (2) 3 Start printing. CHANGING THE PRINTER DRIVER DEFAULT SETTINGS You can change the default settings of the printer driver. Changes you have made in the printer driver properties window when you execute printing from the application are returned to the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 322
    ►PRINTING IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT 3 Right-click the printer driver icon of the machine and select [Printer Properties]. 4 Click the [Preferences] button on the [General] tab. 5 Configure the settings and click the [OK] button. For explanations of the settings, see printer driver Help. 3-13
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 323
    application "TextEdit" in Mac OS X. • To install the printer driver and configure settings in a Mac OS environment, see the Software Setup Guide. • The menu used to execute printing may vary depending on the application. • On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, the PS3
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 324
    settings in the print settings window. • When [Auto Select] is selected: A tray that is set for plain or recycled paper (only plain paper in the factory default setting type specified in the printer driver is different from the paper size or paper type specified in the settings of the bypass tray. To
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 325
    PRINTER►PRINTING IN A Mac OS ENVIRONMENT PRINTING ON ENVELOPES The bypass tray can be the "All Pages From" menu. (3) When [Enable Selected Paper Type in Bypass Tray] (enabled by factory default) is enabled in "Settings (administrator)", set the paper type of the bypass tray to [Envelope]. 3-16
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 326
    A Mac OS ENVIRONMENT PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED The user information (such as login name and password) that information is not stored in the machine: In "Settings (administrator)", select [User Control] → [Default Settings] → [Disable Printing by Invalid User]. 1 In
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 327
    PRINTER►PRINTING IN A Mac OS ENVIRONMENT 2 (4) (1) (2) (3) Enter your user information. (1) Make sure that job name, the file name set in the application will appear. (6) Click the [Print] button. You can click the button after entering your login name and password, or user number, to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 328
    conserve color toner when you do not need to print in color, such as when proofreading or checking the layout of a document. When "Color Mode" is set to [Automatic an image is hidden under a black and white image. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Main] tab. (2) Select "Color Mode". In addition to the [
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 329
    PRINTER►FREQUENTLY USED FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (1) Select [Color]. (2) Select "Color Mode". 3-20
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 330
    photos with higher definition, and to print fine lines clearly. * This item cannot be used in MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Image Quality] tab. (2) Select "Print Mode". Mac OS (1) (2) (1) Select [Color]. (2) Select "Print Mode". 3-21
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 331
    The pages are printed so that they can be bound at the left or right side. Windows The pages are printed so that they can be bound at the top. (1) (2) (3) implementing 2-sided printing. Click the [Other Settings] button on the [Detailed Settings] tab, and select the mode from "Duplex Style". 3-22
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 332
    PRINTER►FREQUENTLY USED FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (1) Select [Layout]. (2) Select [Long-Edge binding] or [Short-Edge binding]. FITTING THE PRINT IMAGE TO THE PAPER This function automatically enlarges or reduces the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 333
    PRINTER►FREQUENTLY USED FUNCTIONS Windows (1) (2) (3) (1) Click the [Main] tab. (2) Select the original the output size is larger than the original size, the printed image will be automatically enlarged. Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) Check the paper size for the print image (for example: Letter
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 334
    be set in the [Layout] tab.) • Note the following when printing multiple pages on one sheet: • The page orders for 6-Up, 8-Up, 9-Up, and 16-Up are the same as for 4-Up. • In a Windows environment, the page order can be viewed in the print image in the printer driver properties window. • In a Mac OS
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 335
    FREQUENTLY USED FUNCTIONS Windows (1) (3) normally (as a cover), select the [N-Up with cover] checkbox ( ). (PCL6 only) • When [100% N-Up] is selected ( ) for jobs such select [Border] at this time, only the border will be printed. Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) Select [Layout]. (2) Select the number
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 336
    FREQUENTLY USED FUNCTIONS PRINTING WHILE SKIPPING BLANK PAGES If the scanned original contains blank pages, the blank pages are skipped Up Print, blank pages are not excluded and are printed. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Detailed Settings] tab. (2) Select [On] in [Disable Blank Page Print]. 3-27
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 337
    function punches holes in the output. The punch hole positions are set by selecting the binding edge. Left Right Top • An inner finisher maximum number of sheets that can be stapled, see "SPECIFICATIONS" in the Start Guide. • The maximum number of sheets that can be stapled at once includes any
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 338
    PRINTER►FREQUENTLY USED FUNCTIONS Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Finishing] tab. (2) Select the staple the "Position" menu. In addition to the [Finishing] tab, [Staple] can also be set on the [Main] tab. Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select "Binding Edge". (3) Select the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 339
    , this function automatically folds and outputs the copies. This is convenient when you wish to compile printed output into a pamphlet. Windows (1) (2) (3) (1) Click the [Layout] tab. (2) Select [Standard] or [Full Image] in "Booklet". • When [Standard] is selected, the printed image will be
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 340
    "Staple". When a saddle finisher (large capacity) is installed and the job is not output correctly with [Saddle Stitch], select [Saddle Stitch (Reverse)]. Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select "Binding Edge". (3) Select [Saddle Stitch]. (4) Select [Booklet] or [2-Up]. 3-31
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 341
    image, the part of the image that is outside the print area will not be printed. Windows (1) (3) (4) (2) (1) Click the [Layout] tab. (2) Click the [Print Position] " menu. If you wish to configure another numeric setting, select the setting and click or directly enter the number. buttons 3-32
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 342
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select "Binding Edge". (3) Select "Margin Shift". 3-33
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 343
    the sheets during attachment, borderlines can be printed or overlapping edges can be created (overlap function). This function is available in a Windows environment. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Layout] tab. (2) Select the number of sheets to be used in "Poster Printing". If you wish to print
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 344
    for odd and even pages and prints the pages. This function is available in a Windows environment. Windows (1) (3) (4) (2) (5) (1) Click the [Layout] tab. (2) Click the [Print Position] button. (3) Select [Custom]. (4) Set the amount of shifting of the print position for odd-numbered pages and even
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 345
    only one orientation (such as envelopes or paper with punch holes). ABCD Windows ABCD (1) (2) (1) Click the [Main] tab. (2) Select [Portrait (Rotated)] or [Landscape (Rotated)] in "Orientation". Mac OS (1) (2) (1) Select [Layout] (2) Select the [Reverse page orientation] checkbox so that 3-36
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 346
    to the paper by slightly reducing an image. When using the PS printer driver (Windows), you can set the width and length percentages separately to change the proportions of the image. Windows (1) (3) (2) (4) (1) Click the [Main] tab. (2) Click the [Zoom] checkbox so that appears, and click
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 347
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (1) Select [Page Setup] from the [File] menu and enter the ratio (%). (2) Click the [OK] button. 3-38
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 348
    function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. • When printing from an application that processes lines as raster graphics, line widths cannot be adjusted. Windows (1) (3) (2) (1) Click the [Image Quality] tab. (2) Click the [Line Width] button. (3) Set the line thickness and click the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 349
    thicker. • This function is available in a Windows environment. • This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. • Normally this setting is not necessary. Windows (1) (3) (2) (1) Click the [Detailed Settings] tab. (2) Click the [Other Settings] button. (3) Select the [Thicken Fine
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 350
    is only available when using the PS printer driver. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Detailed Settings] tab. (2) If you wish to reverse the image horizontally, select [Horizontal]. If you wish to reverse the image vertically, select [Vertical]. Mac OS (1) (2) (1) Select [Layout]. (2) Select the [Flip
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 351
    ) This function adjusts the brightness and contrast in the print settings when a photo or other image is printed. This function makes your computer. Windows (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) Click the [Image Quality] tab. (2) Click the [Color Adjustment] button. When using the PS printer driver, click
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 352
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Color]. (2) Click the [Color Adjustment] button. (3) Select the [Color Adjustment] checkbox ( ) and adjust the color settings. Adjust each setting value by dragging the slide bar . 3-43
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 353
    see when printed in grayscale. ABCD ABCD • Raster data such as bitmap images cannot be adjusted. • This function is available in a Windows environment. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Image Quality] tab. (2) Select the [Text To Black] checkbox and/or the [Vector To Black] checkbox so that • When
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 354
    print black data area with only black toner. Trapping Select to prevent void area which may be generated around edge of colors. Sharpness This is used to sharpen an image only be used when using the PCL6 printer driver. *2 Can only be used when using the PS printer driver (Windows/Mac OS). 3-45
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 355
    data • Scan: Data scanned by a scanner • Colorimetric: Data to be printed in colors as viewed on the screen • Custom: Data to be printed with special settings (3) Click the [Advanced Color] button and specify the settings. To configure color management using the Windows OS ICM, set "Image Type
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 356
    ] checkbox ( ), and then select the desired setting. • Text: Data consisting mostly of text • Presentation: Data with many photos or illustrations • Photo: Photo data or data that uses photos • CAD: Engineering drawing data • Scan: Data scanned by a scanner • Colorimetric: Data to be printed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 357
    text in the list. When necessary, you can enter text to create an original watermark. CONFIDENTIAL Windows (3) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Stamp] tab. (2) Select [Watermark] from "Stamp" and click the [Settings] button. (3) Select the watermark to be used and click the [OK] button. If you want to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 358
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (1) Select [Watermarks]. (2) Click the [Watermark] checkbox and configure watermark settings. • Configure detailed watermark settings such as selection of the text. • Adjust the size and angle of the text by dragging the slide bar . 3-49
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 359
    and angle of the image can be adjusted. MEMO MEMO This function is available in a Windows environment. Windows (3) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Stamp] tab. (2) Select [Image Stamp] from "Stamp" and click the [Settings] button. (3) Select the image stamp to be used, and click the [OK] button. • If an
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 360
    function is available in a Windows environment. • This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. To prohibit the registration of custom images: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Enable/Disable Settings] → [Disabling Registration of Custom
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 361
    Creating an overlay file (4) (2) (3) (1) Open the driver properties window from the application that is used for creating overlay data. (2) Click the [Stamp] tab. (3) Click the [Settings] button. (4) Click the [New] button and specify the name and folder to be used for the overlay file that you wish
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 362
    clicked. • When you click the [Open] button, the existing overlay file is registered. Printing with an overlay file (2) (3) (1) Open the driver properties window from the application that is used for printing with an overlay file. (2) Click the [Stamp] tab. (3) Select an overlay file. A previously
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 363
    OF COPIES (COPIES STAMP) You can add the number of copies to the header or footer of the print data. You can also set a copies number and print position. This function is available in a Windows environment. (1) (2) (3) (1) Click the [Stamp] tab. (2) Click the [Copies Stamp] button. (3) Select the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 364
    sheets where nothing is printed. 1 2 3 4 5 In a Mac OS environment The front and back covers are printed using paper that is Windows (3) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Inserts] tab. (2) Select [Covers/Inserts] from [Inserts Option], and click the [Settings] button. (3) Select the paper insertion settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 365
    reverse side of the paper, and thus an insert setting at a page printed on the reverse side will not be effective. Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select [Covers]. (3) Select the cover insertion settings. Select the print setting, paper tray, and paper type for the front and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 366
    the corresponding sheet of inserted paper. AB C This function is available in a Windows environment. Windows (1) (3) (2) (1) Click the [Inserts] tab. (2) Select [Transparency Inserts] and click the [Settings] button. Select the print setting, paper tray, and paper type for the front and back covers
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 367
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select [Transparency Inserts] in "Feature Sets". (3) Select the transparency insert settings. When [On (Printed)] is selected from "Transparency Inserts", the same content as that printed on the transparency
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 368
    is available in a Windows environment. Windows (1) (3) (2) (1) Click the [Finishing] tab. (2) Click the [Separator Page] button. (3) Changing the settings • Select the paper the set number of copies is completed, select [Per Copies] in "Insert Position". • For example, if you are printing 10 copies
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 369
    for presentation and one copy as a duplicate. A AAA This function is available in a Windows environment. Windows (3) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Inserts] tab. (2) Select [Carbon Copy] from "Inserts Option"and click the [Settings] button. (3) Select the tray for the first copy from "Top Copy", and then
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 370
    the text to be printed on tab paper in an application, and set the test shifting distance in [Print Position] on the [Layout] tab of the printer driver property window. The text will be printed on the tabs. Tab Paper Print (for PCL6 only) Tab sheets are printed while they are inserted between the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 371
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Windows Tab Shift When you have finished preparing the data to be printed on tab papers in select [Bypass Tray] in "Paper Tray" and [Tab Paper] in "Paper Type". Set the paper type of the bypass tray to [Tab Paper] and load tab papers into the bypass tray. 3-62
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 372
    PCL6 only) Open the data into which you wish to insert tab paper, and then select the settings. (3) (1) (2) (4) (1) Click the [Inserts] tab. (2) Select [Tab Paper] from "Inserts Option", and click the [Settings from "Output Size". (4) Select the page settings. Specify the pages where you wish to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 373
    of the paper. Example: When pages 4 and 8 are specified as page settings. (Back is blank) • This function is available in a Windows environment. • This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. Windows (1) (2) (3) (1) Click the [Layout] tab. (2) Select the 2-Sided Printing. For
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 374
    used to conveniently fold and staple printed output to create a pamphlet. See "CREATE A PAMPHLET (BOOKLET/SADDLE STITCH) (page 3-30)". Windows (1) (3) (2) (1) Click the [Finishing] tab. (2) Select [Half Fold] in "Fold", and click the [Settings] button. (3) Select the desired folding method. 3-65
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 375
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Mac OS (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select [Paper Folding Settings]. (3) Select the desired folding method. 3-66
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 376
    of text on the left-hand page and a memo space on the right-hand page. Pre-set data • This function is available in a Windows environment. • This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. Windows You have to create page data to be inserted in advance. For the procedure for creating
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 377
    same image in tile pattern on a sheet. This is useful for producing name cards and stickers. • This function is available in a Windows environment. • This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Main] tab. (2) Select the repeat count in "N-Up". 3-68
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 378
    DO'NOT COPY COPY • This function is available in a Windows environment. • This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. Windows (1) (3) (2) (1) Click the [Stamp] tab. (2) Click the [Hidden Pattern] button. (3) Configure the settings for hidden pattern printing and click the [OK
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 379
    Text may not be completely hidden on an output sheet with a pattern print under certain machine conditions. In "Settings (administrator)", select [Security Settings] → [Hidden Pattern Print Setting] → [Contrast] if this is the case. • The hidden pattern may not emerge on copies with certain types of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 380
    environment. • When images are rendered in the printer driver, it may take time until the printing is completed. Windows (1) (3) (2) (4) (1) Click the [Detailed Settings] tab. (2) Click the [Other Settings] button. (3) Click the [Use driver to render JPEGs] checkbox so that (4) Click the [OK
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 381
    the full paper size. This function is available in a Windows environment. Even when the print area is maximized, edges may be cut off. Windows (1) (3) (2) (4) (1) Click the [Detailed Settings] tab. (2) Click the [Other Settings] button. (3) Select [Maximum] from the "Printable Area". (4) Click the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 382
    enhancement techniques (RETs) are used to smoothen the outlines of images. The images are printed at a digitally enhanced resolution. This function is available in a Windows environment. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Image Quality] tab. (2) Select the [Smoothing] checkbox so that appears. 3-73
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 383
    the printer driver. • In a Windows environment, this is accomplished automatically by clicking the [Auto Configuration] button on the [Configuration] tab of the printer driver. • In Mac OS 10.6 to 10.8, this is accomplished automatically by clicking the [Update] button (or [Tandem Settings] button
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 384
    PRINTER►CONVENIENT PRINTING FUNCTIONS Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Detailed Settings] tab. (2) Select [On] in "Tandem Print". The tandem print function can be used only when the printer driver has been installed using "Custom Installation" with [LPR Direct Print (Specify Address/Auto Search)]
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 385
    When a password is set, the password must be entered to print data. • [Document Filing] that can be set on the [Job Handling] tab can also be set on the [Main] tab. Windows (1) (2) (3) (1) Click the [Job Handling] tab. (2) Select the function from the "Document Filing". (3) Select the folder for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 386
    have set a password for the custom folder, enter the password (5 to 8 digit number) in "PIN Code" on the stored to screen. If you have configured to always use the force document filing function in "Printing Policy" on the [Configuration] tab, you cannot clear the [Document Filing] checkbox. Mac OS
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 387
    in "User Name" of "Default Job ID" in the printer driver. ► Using this function in a Windows environment: PRINTING IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT (page 3-4) ► Using this function in a Mac OS environment: PRINTING IN A Mac OS ENVIRONMENT (page 3-14) Files with a password and files that are protected by
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 388
    This function is available in a Windows environment. • This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used. • You cannot print and send data simultaneously when [System Settings] in "Settings (administrator)" → [Printer Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Disabling sending while printing
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 389
    (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Printer Settings] → [Direct Print Settings (FTP)]. (Administrator rights are required.) Up to 20 FTP servers can be configured. When you select a PDF file that has a password, you must enter the password in the job status screen to begin printing
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 390
    PRINTER►PRINTING WITHOUT THE PRINTER DRIVER 2 Folder Select Main Folder Quick File Folder Scan to HDD Scan to External Memory Device Select File from FTP to Print Select File from USB Memory to Print Select File from Network Folder to Print CA Tap the [Select File from FTP to Print] key on the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 391
    (USB) external memory device (USB)]. Scan to External CLOUD PORTAL Memory Device Easy If the screen does not appear, follow the steps below. Perform Detail Setting Fax (1) Tap the [HDD File retrieve] key. Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 392
    WITHOUT THE PRINTER DRIVER 4 Select the folder is not possible when [System Settings] in "Settings (administrator)" → [Printer Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print] is selected. When you select a PDF file that has a password, you must enter the password
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 393
    PRINTER►PRINTING WITHOUT THE PRINTER DRIVER 3 Tap the [Open Registered Network Folder.] key on the action panel and tap the network folder that you wish to access. If a screen appears prompting you to enter a user name and password, check with your server administrator and enter the appropriate
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 394
    . step 3 of "Printing a file in the network Refer to Folders on Network folder you have configured in the machine's settings (page 3-83) ". CA 2 Enter the path to the folder, user name and password. Access the network folder. For the procedure for printing, see steps 4 to 6 of "Printing
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 395
    .168.1.28 Drag and drop the file that you wish to print onto the "lp" folder that appears in your Web browser. Printing of the file automatically begins. • If you driver. To perform e-mail print: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Printer Settings] → [E-mail Print Settings],
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 396
    WITHOUT THE PRINTER DRIVER Performing e-mail is by user number. *4 On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, the Direct print expansion kit is to the settings configured in "Settings (administrator)." → [System Settings] → [Printer Settings] → [Initial Status Settings]. If you
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 397
    page 1-92) Print Scan Job Job Queue User_1_User_1_User User_2_User_2_User Fax Internet Fax Back Progress / Sets ---/0004 ---/0004 to the machine, reset the password and begin printing. • To print an encrypted PDF file using the printer driver, enter the password when opening the file on your
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 398
    ran out of paper, or if the size of paper specified in the printer driver is not loaded in the machine, a message will appear in the touch paper of the desired size is not immediately available, you can use paper that is set in a different tray. If you changed to a different paper size, printing may
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 399
    setting items, refer to printer driver Help. PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS SCREEN / REFERRING TO HELP (page 3-6) Tab (Windows Stitch *4 Punch *3 Fold *4 Offset Output Separator Page PCL6 PS Page 3-4 3-4 3-36 3-23 3-37 3-22 Yes Yes Yes Yes Half Fold Yes Yes Yes Windows PPD*1 1 - 9999 Yes Yes Yes Yes No
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 400
    Print Mode Graphics Mode Bitmap Compression Sharpness Screening Smoothing Text To Black Page 3-61 3-48 3-50 3-52 3-69 3-54 3-21 3-45 3-45 3-73 3-44 PCL6 PS Windows PPD*1 Yes Yes Yes 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 16 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes No No Mac OS PPD*1 Yes No Yes 2, 4, 6,
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 401
    PRINTER►APPENDIX Tab (Windows) Function Item Page PCL6 PS Windows Mac OS PPD*1 PPD*1 Vector To Black 3-44 Yes Yes No No Toner Save *6 - Yes Yes Yes Yes Color Mode 3-19 Yes Yes Yes Yes Image Quality Image Type Advanced Color Color Adjustment/ RGB Adjustment 3-45 Yes
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 402
    billing code This setting is required only in the Windows environment. (Always usable under Mac OS environment) 1 Right-click the [Start] button and select [Control Panel]. In Windows 7, click the [Start] button, select [Devices and Printers], right-click the printer driver icon of the machine
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 403
    PRINTER►APPENDIX Windows When printing starts, the billing code setting screen appears. Enter the main code and sub code, and click the [OK] button. To retain the specified billing code, set [Always Use This Billing Code] to . • You can click [Get Billing Code] to get the machine's billing code list
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 404
    is used, you must enter your user name and password to print from a printer driver. The Single Sign-on function can be used when Directory, configure the settings below in the printer driver. (1) Right-click on the Start window (or swipe up from the lower end of the window), and click the App
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 405
    is enabled in the Sharp OSA application, allow printing by invalid users in the application. • Configure the following settings in "Settings (administrator)"→[System Settings]→[Network Settings] so that they match the settings in Google Cloud Print. • IP address, subnet mask, default gateway • IP
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 406
    in MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V. settings for restriction of access from the Internet, the machine administrator password, and mDNS as needed. • In some cases the print quality using Google Cloud Print may not be the same as the print quality using other print methods (printer driver Sharp
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 407
    4-38 4-40 DELETING A TRANSMISSION LOG 4-41 SET THE SCANNING OF THE ORIGINALS . . . . . • AUTOMATICALLY SCANNING BOTH SIDES OF AN ORIGINAL (2-Sided Original 4- • RECEIVING A FAX MANUALLY 4-56 PRINTING RECEIVED DATA • PRINTING A PIN CODE-PROTECTED FAX (Hold setting for received data print
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 408
    ROUTING SETTINGS 4-62 • SAVING RECEIVED FAXES TO THE MACHINE'S HARD DISK (INBOUND ROUTING 4-66 • FORWARDING RECEIVED DATA MANUALLY . MEMORY) . . 4-102 • RESTRICTING POLLING ACCESS (POLLING SECURITY SETTING 4-102 • SCANNING A DOCUMENT INTO POLLING MEMORY 4-103 • CHECKING THE DOCUMENT IN THE
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 409
    FACSIMILE USING AN EXTERNAL TELEPHONE CONNECTING AN EXTERNAL TELEPHONE . . . . 4-120 • CONNECTING AN EXTENSION TELEPHONE . . . 4-120 • RECEIVING A FAX AFTER ANSWERING A CALL ON THE EXTENSION TELEPHONE (REMOTE RECEPTION 4-121 • MAKING AND RECEIVING PHONE CALLS . . . 4-121 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 410
    in order to make use of fax functionality. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE AS A FAX To use the machine as a facsimile, connect the telephone line, and set the telephone line type. 1 Connecting to the telephone line. Insert the plug on one end of the telephone line cord into the telephone line jack
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 411
    of telephone line automatically In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Dial Mode Setting], and tap the [Auto Select] key. • If necessary, you can set the type of telephone line manually. 4 Checking the date and time
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 412
    Change to normal mode. ► NORMAL MODE (page 4-7) Reset the address CA Start and settings. Preview Scans the original for preview. ► PREVIEW SCREEN (page 1-17) 2nd screen Select function to be set up. Original 8½x11 Address Fax Number Original Auto Exposure Auto Detail Resolution Standard
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 413
    Shift to Normal Mode. Tap the [Fax] mode icon CLOUD PORTAL Easy Copy Easy Scan Easy Fax Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status Sharp OSA Copy E-mail Fax Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status 4-7
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 414
    Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 1 8½x11 2 8½x11R 3 8½x14 4 11x17 8½x11 Preview CA B/W Start Color Start Tap on the mode display. 2 Easy Scan Select the mode. HDD File retrieve Sharp OSA LINE PRINTER Job Status Send and Print Color
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 415
    Mode Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others Scan Size Send Size 100% Auto Auto 8½x11 8½x11 reception memory 100% Sending History Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Same Image as Fax Address Preview CA Speaker Start • ENTERING
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 416
    Scan Mode Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others Scan settings Send Same Image as Fax Address Preview CA Speaker Start • Scanning Scanning Originals ►page 4-84 • Automatically Scanning a scanned image, scanning the originals the same number of times as there are originals. After scanning scanned
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 417
    ] key appears on the numeric keys when the destination fax number is entered. A hyphen "-" is entered when the [Pause] key is tapped once. To set the length of pause: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Pause Time Setting]. 4-11
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 418
    icon indicating the mode appears together with the name of the destination in each one-touch key. Fax Scan to E-mail Internet Fax (Direct SMTP) Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Group key with multiple destinations • For information on the address book, see "ADDRESS BOOK (page 1-96
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 419
    BOOK (page 4-16) To send to an address in other than the current mode In "Settings (administrator)", remove the checkmark from [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Address Book Default Selection] → [Apply Addresses of Sending Modes Only]. 4-13
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 420
    Auto Delete Info. Start If you placed the original on the document glass and tapped the [Start] key, you cannot delete an address when changing settings. 4-14
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 421
    Super Fine Original Job Build Space Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings When the search number is entered, the stored address is retrieved and specified as a destination. Slow Scan Mode Send Same Image as Fax Address Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 422
    Scan Mode Global Address Search Sending History Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings In an authentication screen for the LDAP server appears, enter your user name and password. • If only one LDAP server has been stored, it is not necessary to take
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 423
    FACSIMILE►ENTERING DESTINATIONS 4 Item Name Enter Initials Target Search Start Enter Initial and press Enter key of external keyboard or [Start Search] button. Preview CA Speaker Start Enter a keyword and tap the [Search Start] key. When you tap the keyword entry box, the soft keyboard
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 424
    the FTP/Desktop transmission and Scan to Network Folder are also shown in the manually entered. However, addresses of the Network Folder Scan Size Send Size 100% Auto Auto 8½x11 reception memory 8½x11 100% Sending History Call Search Number Direct TX Call Program Call Registered settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 425
    fax destination that you wish to redial. The last 50 addresses used for transmission are displayed. Preview CA Speaker Start To cancel the resend setting: Tap the highlighted key. In normal mode • To add an address to the address book, select the address and tap [New Registration with Address
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 426
    to enter the next number with the numeric keys, or [Chain Dial Combine with Address Book] to select an address from the address book. To set the length of pause: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Pause Time Setting]. 4-20
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 427
    filing function is used, the transmitted fax is stored. ► QUICK FILE (page 6-9) ► FILE (page 6-10) • If Job Build is enabled, you can select the automatic document feeder or the document glass to scan the original. This sending method may not be available depending on the function. ► SENDING A LARGE
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 428
    Line Sending setting: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Send Settings] → [Quick On Line Sending]. If you disable this setting, transmission will not begin until all pages have been scanned. Note that this setting does not apply to manual transmission
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 429
    (A4R, B5, or A5) size. To cancel the rotation sending setting: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Send Settings] → [Rotation Sending Setting]. If this setting is disabled, the original will be transmitted in the orientation in which
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 430
    ) A4R 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) A4R 1:0.8 1:0.7 1:0.8 To cancel the Auto Reduction Sending setting: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Send Settings] → [Auto Reduction Sending Setting]. If this setting is disabled, the image will be sent at full size and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 431
    size may be displayed or the original size may not appear. In this event, manually set the correct original size. ► SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE IN PAPER SIZE (page 4-45) ► SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE USING NUMERIC VALUES (page 4-46) To specify the size that the machine can automatically
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 432
    in memory transmission mode. In direct transmission mode or manual transmission mode, the transmission will be canceled. Wait for Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Send Settings] → [Recall in Case of Line Busy]. The factory default setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 433
    to fax transmission: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Fax Dest. . • Before tapping the [Enter for send] key, you can change scan or other settings. When a fax that was selected from the Sending History has been resent
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 434
    will not begin until all pages have been scanned. • To set the scan complete sound: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Scan Complete Sound Setting]. 1 Place the original in the document feeder tray
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 435
    an image before sending a fax. For more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 4-28)". • When all originals have been scanned, "Job stored." will be displayed together with a job control number. This number is recorded in the transaction report and image sending activity report
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 436
    History Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Specify the destination fax number, and tap [Direct TX] on the action panel. Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others Scan Size Send Size 100% Auto Auto 8½x11 8½x11 reception memory 100% Preview
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 437
    will be reserved and transmission will take place after fax reception is completed. • If the memory becomes full while the originals are being scanned, a message will appear and transmission will be canceled. Do not place any objects under the original size detector. Closing the automatic document
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 438
    [Read-End] key. Detail A beep sounds. Address BoHokistory Direct Entry Original Open the automatic document feeder and remove the Auto original. Change Setting Read-End CA Preview Start To cancel scanning: Tap the [CA] key before the [Read-End] key is tapped. • When all originals have been
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 439
    from the first page. 3 Address Fax Number Exposure Auto Resolution Super Fine Original Job Build Slow Scan Mode Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Same Image as Fax Address Quick File Store Data Temporarily Specify the destination fax
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 440
    retrieved from a global address book. 5 Tap the [Start] key to begin transmission. When the line has been connected to the destination, scanning of the original starts. If a fax transmission is already in progress when the direct transmission operation is performed, the direct transmission will
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 441
    Mode Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others Scan Size Send Size 100% Auto Auto 8½x11 8½x11 reception memory 100% Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Same Image as Fax Address Quick File Store Data Temporarily Preview CA Speaker
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 442
    faxes with the one-touch key by setting the [Set as Default used] checkbox to when addresses are a one-touch key that has 10 destinations is used, 10 fax numbers are dialed. • Broadcast panel. • When Scan to E-mail and Internet Fax destinations are included, the send width for Scan to E-mail and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 443
    a destination entered using a one-touch key. If "Be sure to press Next Address Key ([+]) before selecting the next address." is enabled in setting mode, tap before specifying the next destination. 3 Original 8½x11 Address AAA AAA 1+ Detail Tap the [All Destinations] key. Address Book Sending
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 444
    , resend the fax to those destinations. 1 Print Job Address Scan Fax Set Time Pages Internet Fax Status Check Details of Selected Job Stop/ Delete Tap the job status display, and tapping the [Fax] tab. Broadcast001 10
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 445
    screen with the unsuccessful destinations entered. Perform the document filing resend procedure. (There is no need to re-scan the original.) If the job was stored in a confidential folder or was stored as confidential file, a password entry screen will appear after you tap the [Retry] key. Enter the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 446
    the procedures for using this function, see the PC-Fax driver Help. • To use the PC-Fax function, the PC-Fax driver must be installed. For more information, see the Software Setup Guide. • This function can only be used on a Windows® computer. Only transmission is available for this function. Faxes
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 447
    Mode Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others Scan Size Send Size 100% Auto Auto 8½x11 reception memory 8½x11 100% Sending History Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Same Image as Fax Address Preview CA Speaker Start Tap [Sending
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 448
    Mode Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others Scan Size Send Size 100% Auto Auto 8½x11 reception memory 8½x11 100% Sending History Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Same Image as Fax Address Preview CA Speaker Start Tap [Sending
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 449
    is performed. • On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, duplex scanning is not possible when originals of mixed width are scanned. • You cannot use 2-sided scanning when the original size is set to Long Size. 2-sided scanning automatically turns off after transmission has
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 450
    x 8-1/2" (B5), the image will be reduced before transmission. "Scan Size" "Send Size" is set to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) Send The image is reduced A4 is not detected correctly, manually specify the original scan size. ► SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE IN PAPER SIZE (page 4-45) ►
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 451
    SIZE When the original size is not standard (inch size or non-standard size) or is not detected correctly, manually specify the original size. When [Long Size] is selected, the 2-sided scanning setting and send size cannot be changed. The image is sent in Mono2 only. 1 Tap the [Detail] key to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 452
    height can be from 1" to 11-5/8" (25 mm to 297 mm). When the scan size is specified by numeric values, the send size cannot be specified. 1 Tap the memory 100% Speaker Start 5 Tap the [Enter] key. After the settings are completed, tap twice. On the base screen, check that the specified
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 453
    tap the [Custom Size] tab. 4 Address Book Address Fax Number Scan Size Auto AB 8½x11 Inch Store/Delete Direct Entry Custom Size Dual Page Scan Divide into 2 Pages N-Up Put Multiple Pages in A Page Slow Scan Mode Scan Thin Paper Original Tap [Store/Delete] key. Others reception memory 100
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 454
    the next step. • To delete the key, tap the [Delete] key. Make sure that the original size has been cleared and tap the Address Book Scan Size Store/Delete A custom size has already been stored in this location. Select the size key to store/delete the custom original size. X17 Y11
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 455
    to normal mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 4-8) 2 Tap the [Original] key. 3 Tap the [Scan Size] key and tap the [Custom Size] tab. 4 Address Book Address Fax Number Scan Size Slow Scan Mode Scan Thin Paper Original Tap the key of the original size that you wish to retrieve. Auto AB
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 456
    x13 8½x11 8½x14 11x17 8½x132/5 Others reception memory 100% Dual Page Scan Divide into 2 Pages N-Up Put Multiple Pages in A Page Slow Scan Mode Scan Thin Paper Original Tap the desired send size key. After the settings are completed, tap . Preview CA Speaker Start Depending on the paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 457
    . Others reception memory 100% Speaker Start To configure the default setting of image orientation: Select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Image Orientation] in "Settings (administrator)". The ratio used for reduction or enlargement of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 458
    setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when "Job Build" or "Preview Setting" set of originals is inserted.) Exposure settings Exposure Suggestion Auto This setting automatically adjusts the exposure for light and dark parts of the original. Manual 1-2 Select this setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 459
    of normal-sized text (like the text in this manual). Select this setting when your original has small text or diagrams with fine lines. The original will be scanned at twice the resolution of the [Standard] setting. Select this setting when your original has intricate pictures or diagrams. A higher
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 460
    to an error condition such as out of paper, out of toner, or a paper misfeed. The faxes will be printed automatically when manual reception modes: Select [System Settings] in "Settings (administrator)" → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Data Receive/Forward (Manual)] → [Fax Settings] → [Receive Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 461
    entered, the received fax is printed. ► PRINTING A PIN CODE-PROTECTED FAX (Hold setting for received data print) (page 4-57) How to check the fax reception mode ExternalSAypsptelimcaItniofonrmation Exit Event Information Maintenance Information Toner Remaining Check Fax Reception Image Check
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 462
    manual reception modes: Select [System Settings] in "Settings (administrator)" → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Data Receive/Forward (Manual)] → [Fax Settings] → [Receive Settings Super Fine Original Job Build Slow Scan Mode Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others Scan Size Send Size 100% Auto
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 463
    10-key. Auto Resolution Super Fine Original Job Build Slow Scan Mode Sending History Space Cancel Call Search Number Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings . When little space remains in the fax memory, "Manual receive is disabled. Due to out of memory." appears
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 464
    printing, you should avoid printing large numbers of pages at peak times during the day, and when you do not urgently need to print. Prints Set to print data received during the day at 20:00 At 20:00, printing begins automatically • The printed data is automatically deleted from memory. • If
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 465
    . This function can be used when "Settings (administrator)" - [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Preview Setting] → [Received Data Image Check Setting] is enabled*. * The factory default setting is disabled. Important points when using this
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 466
    Delete File Store Data in Folder Tap the key of the received list view or thumbnails view can be changed depending on the setting mode. • To delete a received image, tap [Delete Other Address] on the action panel. ► FORWARDING RECEIVED DATA MANUALLY (page 4-67) • To save the selected received image
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 467
    is blinking, and tap the [Settings] key in the home screen. CLOUD PORTAL Easy Copy Easy Scan Easy Fax Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status 2 Tap the [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Data Receive/Forward (Manual)] key. 4-61
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 468
    . The machine Forward Received Data Configure all forwarding settings for received faxes in setting mode (Web version). For the procedure for accessing the setting mode (Web version), see Quick Start Guide. The following explanation assumes that the setting mode (Web version) has been accessed with
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 469
    this screen, and from specifying which table is used. To do so, set the checkboxes for the following items to . • Disable Registration of Forward , the error address can be confirmed and the data can be resent. From the [Scan] or [Fax] tab in the job status screen, tap [Check Error Box] on the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 470
    settings can be set for one forwarding table, and a forwarding destination can be set for each set time. To configure these settings, use the [Forward Condition] tabs to access each setting. 10 up to 400 recipients can be registered for network folder, FTP/Desktop, Internet fax, and fax. 12 Enter
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 471
    in step 9. If you wish to use different forwarding conditions than those set in step 9, set the forwarding permission settings. • To use the inbound routing function, enable the forwarding tables that you wish to use from among the stored tables. • To delete a forwarding table, click
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 472
    to 500 files can be stored in one folder as received data. • The "faxreceive" folder contains files of "Settings for HDD Storing of Received Data". • The folder is automatically created. • The file name for received data can be set in "File Name Setting" in "Settings for HDD Storing of Received Data
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 473
    can be forwarded manually after receipt. This function is available when [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Preview Setting] → [Received Data Image Check Setting] is enabled* in "Settings (administrator)". * The factory default setting is disabled
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 474
    Print Check Image Forward to Other Address Delete File Store Data in Folder Tap the key of the received data you wish to forward, and screen. • To store the sender fax number as a number for "Allow/Reject Number Setting", tap [Register as Junk Fax] on the action panel and, in the confirmation
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 475
    )". * The factory default setting is disabled. Received data in the memory Stored in the document filing folder Store When data is received, is shown at the top of the screen. 1 Select ExternalSAypsptelimcaItniofonrmation Exit Event Information Maintenance Information Toner Remaining In the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 476
    be selected. In addition, mistakes are occasionally made when selecting the settings. 1 2 When a job program is stored Call the registered program. Tap the [Start] key. Scan and send the original. When a program is stored, settings are selected with ease by simply tapping the key of the program
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 477
    Home Preview CA Speaker Start Tap the desired program key. 4 Configure additional settings as required. Some settings cannot be added depending on the contents of the called program. 5 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. If you inserted the original pages in the document
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 478
    size of the original is specified by numeric values, this function cannot be used. • This function cannot be used together with Dual Page Scan or Card Shot. 1 Place the original. Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder, or on the document glass. ► AUTOMATIC
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 479
    see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 4-28)". • If you tap the [Change Setting] key on the scan confirmation screen, you can change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and send size. (However, when scanning each even-numbered page of the original, only the exposure can be changed.) 4-73
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 480
    an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size landscape scan transmission • If the original size is larger than the send size, it will result in a sending failure. Check the original size once more, and specify it again. • The ratio cannot be specified and "Rotation Sending Setting" cannot be selected. • This function
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 481
    size, see "SPECIFYING THE SEND SIZE OF THE IMAGE (page 4-50)". • To cancel the specified size settings, tap the [Reset] key. To cancel the Card Shot settings Tap the [Off] key. 5 Tap the [Start] key, and scan the front side. 6 Place a card face up on the document glass, and tap the [Start] key
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 482
    separated into sets, scan the set that has the first page first. The settings that you select for the first set can be used for all remaining sets. Originals Originals are scanned in separate sets. 1 1 1 101 This function is not available for Quick On Line Sending, manual transmission, Direct
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 483
    changes will be applied to the next job. • If you tap the [Preview] key, you cannot scan additional pages. To cancel scanning: Tap the [CA] key. All settings including scanned data will be cleared. 7 Tap the [Read-End] key. If no action is taken for one minute after the confirmation screen appears
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 484
    and A5 • On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, duplex scanning is not possible when the above mixed width original scanning is performed. • When Mixed [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Device Control] → [Original Size Detector Setting] is set to "AB-3" in "Settings". 1
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 485
    Size Orig.] key. A checkmark appears on the icon. For mixed size originals, set "Original" to "Auto". To cancel the mixed size original setting Tap the [Mixed Size Orig.] key to uncheck it. 4 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. Tap the [Preview] key to check the preview of an
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 486
    copied as two separate pages. Transmitted image 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) x 2 pages When using dual page scan, the original must be placed on the document glass. • This function can be enabled when the original size setting is set to [Auto]. • Note that "Center Erase" and "Edge+Center Erase" cannot be used
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 487
    Image as Fax Address A checkmark appears on the icon. After the settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. Preview CA Back 8½x11 reception memory 8½x11 100% Speaker Start To cancel the Dual Page Scan setting: Tap the [Dual Page Scan] key to clear the checkmark. 4 Tap the [Start] key to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 488
    . When using this function, you do not need to sort the original pages to be sent. This function can be enabled when the original size setting is set to [Auto]. The document glass is not available for this function. 1 Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 489
    keys in sequence. Back reception memory 100% Speaker Start To cancel the Book Divide setting: Tap the [Off] key. 5 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. Tap the [Preview] key to check the preview of an
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 490
    only the shadows. Scanning a thick book default erase width setting: Select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Erase Width Adjustment]. The width can be set from 0" to 1" (0 mm to 20 mm). The factory default setting is 1/2" (10 mm). The setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 491
    when erasing edges of one to three sides of Up, Down, Left, and Right on the front side to scan a 2-sided original. • If the [Reverse erase position of back face] checkbox is set to edge on the front side will be erased. , the edge in the position opposite to the erased • If
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 492
    scanning of the original. • A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. • When you place the original on the document glass, scan each page one at a time. When scanning key. • Repeat the procedure until all pages have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. You
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 493
    is selected, 2-sided scanning is not possible. 1 Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder. ► AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (page 1-82) Adjust the original guides slowly. If the originals are inserted with too much force, they may crumple and misfeed. 2 Enter
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 494
    ] key. A checkmark appears on the icon. To cancel the slow scan mode setting Tap the [Slow Scan Mode] key to uncheck it. 4 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. Tap the [Preview] key to check the preview
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 495
    CA Speaker Start Tap the [Original Count] key. A checkmark appears on the icon. To cancel the original count setting: Tap the [Original Count] key to uncheck it. 4 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. Tap the [Preview] key to check the preview of an image before sending a fax
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 496
    is different from the actual number of sheets: Tap the [Cancel] key and then tap the [OK] key in the message screen to clear all scanned data. Scan settings and destination settings will not be cleared. Insert the original sheets in the document feeder tray again and tap the [Start] key to re
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 497
    . When you use the automatic document feeder to scan an original, you can tap the [Preview] key to check a preview of the image before sending a fax. For more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 4-28)". However, settings for this function cannot be changed in the preview
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 498
    is called "Serial Polling". Use the manual polling reception when you must start polling after listening to a recorded greeting, such as when using a fax information service. (1) Requests fax transmission Memory Box (3) when you are not present. (Only one timer polling reception can be set.) 4-92
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 499
    be used. 2 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Polling] key. A checkmark appears on the icon. After the settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. To cancel the Polling setting: Tap the [Polling] key to clear the checkmark. 3 Tap the [Start] key to initiate fax reception. Your machine will
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 500
    FACSIMILE►OTHERS FUNCTION INITIATING POLLING RECEPTION MANUALLY Use the manual polling reception when you must start polling after listening to a recorded greeting, such as when using a fax information service. • Make sure there is no original in the machine when using the polling reception function
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 501
    page you transmit. Outside scanned image (factory default setting) Load Sender information Manual Transmission" or "Quick On Line Sending" is used. • To select a sender fax number or destination: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Send Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 502
    sender information to be used for Own Name Select function: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Own Name and Destination Set] → [Own Number and Name Set] → [Sender Data Registration]. 1 Place the original. Place the original in the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 503
    have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that transmission has ended. You can tap the [Preview] key to check a preview of the image before sending a fax. For more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 4-28)". However, settings for this
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 504
    switch " ". Transmission will not take place if the status is " " at the specified time. • When performing a timer transmission, you must scan the original into memory when you set up the transmission. It is not possible to leave the document in the document feeder tray or on the document glass and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 505
    ] key. 5 Others Timer Off On Back 06/06/2015 Sat 11 10 Today Monday Wednesday Friday Sunday Tuesday Thursday Saturday reception memory 100% Polling Receive in Folder Preview CA Speaker Start Specify the date. 6 Specify the time (hour and minute) in 24-hour format. After the settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 506
    scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning set the printing conditions of transaction report: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Transaction Report Print Select Setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 507
    Print Print Original Image Tap the key of the print settings. After the settings are completed, tap sequence. and [Back] keys in Preview speaker dialing, manual transmission, direct transmission, polling reception, or F-code transmission is used. 5 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 508
    must be scanned into a polling memory box. ► SCANNING A DOCUMENT setting. The polling security setting can be enabled for up to 10 other machines. To set the polling security: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Polling Setting] → [Set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 509
    for the original to be scanned and other functions. You cannot set the Program, Timer, Transaction Report, Polling, and Document Filing. 3 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Memory Box] key. 4 Confidential Folder Name Public Box Polling Memory Times Once Tap the [Polling Memory] tab. Back
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 510
    all pages are scanned. • When you place the original on the document glass, scan each page one at a time. When scanning finishes, place the key. 2 Tap the [Polling Memory] tab. 3 Tap the [Public Box] key from the folder list. When a document is not stored in the Public Box, the [Public Box] key is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 511
    no longer required. 1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Memory Box] key. 2 Tap the [Polling Memory] tab. 3 Tap the [Public Box] key from the folder list. 4 Tap [Empty out Box] on the action panel. If you tap [Check Image] on the action panel, you can check the image on the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 512
    This function allows the machine to communicate with other machines that also support F-code. It enables exchange of confidential documents (confidential communication), retrieval International Telecommunication Union (ITU), which coordinates global telecommunications networks and services. 4-106
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 513
    MEMORY BOXES IN THE MACHINE FOR F-CODE COMMUNICATION Before the F-code communication function can be used, special memory boxes must be created in "Settings". Set the box name and F-code (sub-address and passcode) in each memory box, and store them. After you have created a memory box, notify
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 514
    using the F-code (sub-address and passcode) is not available when dialing using a speaker or manual transmission. To store and edit one-touch keys and group keys: Select [Address Book] in "Settings". F-CODE CONFIDENTIAL TRANSMISSION By sending a fax to an F-code memory box (confidential) stored in
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 515
    have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that transmission has ended. You can tap the [Preview] key to check a preview of the image before sending a fax. For more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 4-28)". However, settings for this
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 516
    Resolution Super Fine Received data is stored. Enter PIN code via the 10-key. Original Job Build Slow Scan Mode Sending History Call Search Number Cancel Direct TX Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Same Image as Fax Address Mixed Size Orig. Original Count Others
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 517
    and tap [Check Image] 10:45 07/07 Not Checked Forward to Other Address Delete on the action panel. File Store Data in Folder Displays the received data image transmission or timer transmission. Only one polling reception with a timer setting can be stored at a time. ► SPECIFYING THE TIME FOR
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 518
    1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Polling] key. A checkmark appears on the icon. After the settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. To cancel the Polling setting: Tap the [Polling] key to clear the checkmark. 2 Specify the destination. (1)Enter the destination line number using the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 519
    F-code polling communication must be previously scanned into an F-code memory box (polling default, the document sent to the other machine will be deleted automatically. To create F-code memory boxes: Create in "Settings (administrator)" - [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 520
    % CA Start 5 Tap the folder of the F-code memory polling box. 6 Tap [Change Number of Times] on the action panel, and set the polling times. To erase , all pages are scanned. • When you place the original on the document glass, scan each page one at a time. • When scanning finishes, place the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 521
    memory box cannot be printed while the document is being transmitted. By factory default, the document sent to the other machine will be deleted automatically. 1 . 3 Confidential Folder Name Sender Number Times Register This Function in Favorite Change Number of Times Tap the folder of the F-
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 522
    be deleted from the memory box during communication. 1 Tap the [Others] key, and tap the [Memory Box] key. 2 Tap the [Polling Memory] tab. 3 Tap the folder of the F-code memory polling box. 4 Tap [Empty out Box] on the action panel. If you tap [Check Image] on the action panel, you can
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 523
    machine. • It is not necessary for the destination machines to support F-code communication. • Your machine (the machine that requests a create F-code memory boxes: Create in "Settings (administrator)" - [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [F-Code Memory Box]. 1 Place
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 524
    the fax, it will automatically transfer the fax to the destination machines programmed in the memory box. When you use the automatic document feeder to scan an original, you can tap the [Preview] key to check a preview of the image before sending a fax. For more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 525
    your machine. ► CREATING MEMORY BOXES IN THE MACHINE FOR F-CODE COMMUNICATION (page 4-107) • It is not necessary for the destination machines to support F-code communication. • The machine that requests a relay broadcast transmission only bears the cost of sending the fax to your machine (the relay
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 526
    shown below. After connecting an extension telephone, configure the "External Telephone Setting" in setting mode (administrator). Extension telephone jack Click! Existing extension telephone (example) jack on your extension phone, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 4-120
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 527
    Fax Data Receive/Forward (Manual)] → [Fax Settings] → [Receive Settings] to [Manual Reception]. • To change the number to receive faxes: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Remote Reception Number Setting]. 1 While the machine is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 528
    1-89) ► CHECKING A RESERVED JOB OR THE JOB IN PROGRESS (page 1-91) ► CHECKING COMPLETED JOBS (page 1-92) The mode display Print Scan Job Address Broadcast001 Fax Set Time Pages 10:45 07/07 0001 Internet Fax Status Waiting Check Details of Selected Job Stop/Delete Display Only Own Job Enter
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 529
    it cannot be reprinted. To configure the image sending activity report: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Activity Report Print Select Setting]. INFORMATION APPEARING IN THE RESULT COLUMN Error types and other information are
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 530
    could not be received. Direct transmission or manual transmission was not successful because a misfeed was attempted, however, the other machine does not support F-code communication. F-code communication was refused by for use by service technicians. A fax was sent from a party from
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 531
    20 • ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY 5-21 • SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER 5-22 • RETRIEVING A SCAN OR DATA ENTRY MODE • CHANGING FORMAT IN INTERNET FAX MODE 5-59 5-60 5-66 • CHANGING COLOR MODE • SETTING SCAN SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY (Auto Set) (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/ MX
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 532
    SCAN) (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-607 0V only 5-80 • SCANNING MULTIPLE PHOTOS AT ONCE TO INDIVIDUAL FILES (Image Crop 5-84 • SCANNING MANY ORIGINALS AT ONCE (JOB BUILD 5-86 SCANNING MANUALLY . . . 5-133 PRINTING RECEIVED DATA 5-134 • PRINTING A PIN CODE-PROTECTED FAX (Hold setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 533
    DELIVERY PREPARATIONS FOR METADATA DELIVERY. . . 5-153 • METADATA DELIVERY (DATA ENTRY) . . . . . 5-153 • SETTINGS REQUIRED IN THE SETTING MODE (WEB VERSION 5-154 • METADATA DELIVERY USING SCAN TO DESKTOP 5-154 TRANSMITTING METADATA 5-155 • TRANSMITTING METADATA 5-155 • METADATA FIELDS 5-156
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 534
    download the file. • Scan to FTP The scanned file is sent to a specified folder Scan to Desktop The scanned file is sent to a specified folder on your computer. For information on Scan to Desktop, consult your dealer. • Scan to Network Folder The scanned file is sent to a network folder on a Windows
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 535
    combined with the network scanner to append a metadata file to a scanned image file. Metadata is information about a file, how it is to date and time are set in the machine. To set the date and time of the machine: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Clock Adjust].
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 536
    In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Default Reply.Address Set]. DESTINATION (page 5-20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 537
    because the line is busy, or for other reasons: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Internet Fax Settings] → [Send Setting] → [Recall in Case of Line Busy]. The factory default setting is two attempts at 3-minute intervals. When a communication error
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 538
    . CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color Start 2nd screen Scans the original and shows a preview image. ► PREVIEW SCREEN (page 1-17) Automatically set the original placement orientation, resolution, and skipping of blank pages. (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/ MX-5070V/MX-6070V only) Change
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 539
    [FTP/Desktop], [Network Folder] or [Internet Fax] mode icon. CLOUD PORTAL Easy Copy Easy Scan Easy Fax Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status Sharp OSA Copy E-mail Fax Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 540
    mode display to switch from each mode. Shift to Easy Mode 1 Easy Scan Color Mode Full Color Original Auto 8½x11 Paper Select Auto 2-Sided Copy No. of copies Sharp OSA 1 LINE PRINTER Job Status Send and Print Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder Call Eco Program 8½
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 541
    mode display 2 Easy Scan Select the mode. HDD File retrieve Sharp OSA LINE PRINTER Job Status Send and Print Tap the [E-Mail], [FTP/Desktop], [Network Folder] or [Internet Fax Book Sending History Global Address Search Scan to HDD/ USB CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color Start 5-11
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 542
    Color Start Caps Shift Keyboard Select File Format Space AltGr # CA ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ADDRESS BOOK (page 5-16) ► (page 5-25) ► VIEWING A LIST OF THE SELECTED DESTINATIONS (page 5-19) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) 5-12
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 543
    Auto 8½x11 Global Address Search Sending History Call Search Number Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Destination Link Preview CA Start ► AUTOMATICALLY SCANNING BOTH SIDES OF AN ORIGINAL (2-SIDED ORIGINAL) (page 5-48) ► CHANGING THE RESOLUTION (page 5-59) ► CHANGING
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 544
    standard size may be displayed or the original size may not appear. In this event, manually set the correct original size. ► SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE IN PAPER SIZE (page 5-50) ► SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE USING NUMERIC VALUES (page 5-51) To specify the size that the machine can
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 545
    SCANNER/INTERNET FAX►BEFORE USING THE MACHINE AS A NETWORK SCANNER List of original size detector settings Selections Inch-1 Inch-2 Inch-3 AB-1 AB-2 AB-3 AB-4 AB-5 Standard sizes (detected original sizes) Document Glass Document feeder tray (automatic document feeder) 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14",
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 546
    mode used for the destination. Fax Scan to E-mail Internet Fax Direct SMTP Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Group key with multiple destinations Address Book Sending History Address Search Detail Scan to HDD/ USB CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color Start In Normal mode
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 547
    screen, and tap the [Delete] key. To enable transmission to addresses of modes other than the current mode: Remove the checkmark from [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Address Book Default Selection] → [Apply Addresses of Sending Modes Only] in
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 548
    / password is enabled in user authentication. Use this address when you want to send a scanned image to the user list is prohibited in the system settings • When user authentication is disabled, or is of the user for login.] is enabled in [Default Address] • When the e-mail address of the logged
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 549
    Start Color Start In Normal mode Address Subject File Name Specified by System Settings Color Mode Auto/Grayscale Resolution 200x200dpi File Format PDF Original Options Exposure Auto Others Scan Size Auto 8½x11 Send Size 100% Auto 8½x11 Global Address Search Address Review Sending
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 550
    from each mode (page 5-10) 2 Address Book Address Touch to input Address Subject File Name Specified by System Settings Color Mode Auto/Grayscale Resolution 200x200dpi File Format PDF Original Options Exposure Auto Others Scan Size Auto
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 551
    FOLDER (page 5-22)". • After entering the destination address, tap the [OK] key to close the soft keyboard. To enter text, see "NAMES AND FUNCTIONS OF SOFT KEYBOARD KEYS (page 1-163)" in the "BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • You can select [Bcc] if [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [Default
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 552
    , check with your server administrator and enter the appropriate user name and password. 4 Network Folder \\Server3 Network Folder Name Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 Folder5 Folder6 Tap the key of the network folder. After the settings are completed, tap the [OK] key. You will return to the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 553
    Book Sending History Global Scan to HDD/ Address Search USB Tap the [Global Address Search] key. CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color an authentication screen for the LDAP server appears, enter your user name and password. • If only one LDAP server has been stored, it is not necessary to take
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 554
    DESTINATIONS 3 Enter Initials Item Name Target Search Start CA Scan to HDD/ USB Tap of [Item], and select an that start with "AA" and end with "XX". 4 Enter Initials Item Name Target Search Start CA Scan to HDD/ USB Enter a keyword and tap the [Search Start] key. When you tap the keyword
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 555
    The destinations of the FTP/Desktop transmission and Scan to Network Folder are also shown in the transmission log. In • Broadcasting destinations • The user name and password are not stored for security reasons. If a Scan to HDD/ USB Tap the [Sending History] key CA Preview Auto Set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 556
    . The last 50 addresses used for transmission are displayed. If a screen requiring you to enter the user name and password appears, enter the information. To cancel the resend setting: Tap the highlighted key. In normal mode, you can select an address and tap [New Registration with Address Book
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 557
    SENDING ONLY THE URL OF A SCANNED FILE TO A SCAN DESTINATION When using Scan to E-mail, some originals and/or scan settings may result in a large file. the URL in the e-mail to download the scanned file. When the scanned file is too large Scan to E-mail Scanned file Sending the file as an e-mail
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 558
    Link as Default] is enabled in the settings (administrator), the scanned data is saved folder area. • Scanned files cannot be browsed by a method other than downloading. • Scanned files cannot be manually deleted, and are retained for the save period set in the System Settings. However, scanned
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 559
    • To always use this function in simple mode Configure in "Settings (administrator)" - [System Settings] - [Image Send Settings] - [Scan Settings] - [Condition Settings] [Send Destination Link Settings] - [Enable Send Destination Link as Default]. When this function is enabled and e-mail is sent in
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 560
    scan mode (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, and Scan to Network Folder). • If the memory becomes full while the originals are being scanned, a message will appear and scanning will stop. • When performing Scan 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R (A5R) size original, enter the original size manually. 5-30
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 561
    20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ► RETRIEVING in the key. Scan to E-mail Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop • After other settings. ► AUTOMATICALLY SCANNING BOTH SIDES OF AN ORIGINAL (2-SIDED ORIGINAL) (page 5-48) ► SCAN
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 562
    must use the password entered here to open the Encrypt PDF file. To cancel Encrypt PDF, tap the [Cancel] key. The format settings screen will appear to the [B/W Start] or [Color Start] key. Repeat until all originals have been scanned. 7 Tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 563
    not changed, the settings in [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Default Reply.Address Set] in "Settings (administrator)" are used. If this is not configured, the reply address configured in [Network Settings] → [Services Settings] → [SMTP] → [Sender
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 564
    are not changed, "Following the System Settings" is displayed. When [File Name Auto Extraction] in [OCR Setting] is enabled on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/ MX-5070V/MX-6070V, "File Name Auto Extraction" is displayed. When scanning to a shared folder, if you set a file name that is the same
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 565
    Message Edit Others Sending History Clear All CA Enter the body text. After the settings are completed, tap . • To select a pre-set text previously stored in the Setting mode (Web version), tap the [Pre-set Message] key. • To directly enter the body text, tap the [Edit] key. To clear all entered
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 566
    Settings". If a default address has been configured using "Settings" →[System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [Default Address] → [Default Address Setting (A5R) size original, enter the original size manually. ► SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE IN PAPER SIZE (page 5-50) •
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 567
    Settings]→[Internet Fax Settings]→[Default Settings] in "Settings (administrator)". • Tapping the [Others] key allows you to configure various functions, for example, collectively sending two original pages as one sheet or original pages with different sizes. 5 Address Original 1+ Dual Page Scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 568
    mode (Web version) are used. • To configure the candidates for the subject, file name, and body text, click [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] in "Settings (administrator)". • To enter text, see "NAMES AND FUNCTIONS OF SOFT KEYBOARD KEYS (page 1-163)" in the "BEFORE USING
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 569
    Store Data Temporarily Preview CA Start Tap a pre-set text key. After the settings are completed, tap . • To store the pre-set text for the file name, select [System Settings] in "Settings" → [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [File Name Settings]. • If you wish to directly enter the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 570
    /INTERNET FAX►TRANSMITTING AN IMAGE 8 Others Body Entry Pre-set Message Enter the body text. After the settings are completed, tap . Clear All • To select a pre-set text previously stored in the Setting mode (Web version), tap the [Pre-set Message] key. • To directly enter the body text, tap
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 571
    can also send faxes with the one-touch key by setting the [Set as Default used] checkbox to when addresses are registered. If you width for fax. A transmission is performed, ignoring hyperlinks with Scan to FTP and Scan to Network Folder addresses. To register destinations in a contact or group: In
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 572
    AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22 Scan to FTP or Network Folder address is specified in a broadcast transmission, hyperlink e-mail transmission will not take place. • If [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 573
    using [Maximum Size of E-mail Attachments] or [Maximum Size of Data Attachments (FTP/Desktop/Network Folder)] (in "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [Condition Settings]), the limit will also apply to destinations for which a limit is not
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 574
    compression mode) Fixed at TIFF. Original Transmission will take place to all addresses using the same image width as Internet Fax. Background Adjustment Cannot be set. Blank Page Skip Drop Out color Contrast Sharpness RGB Sign Encrypt Multicrop Business Card Scan Image Crop 5-44
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 575
    transmission included destinations of different modes, the same broadcast transmission key will appear in each of those modes. 3 Print Job Address Scan Fax Set Time Pages Internet Fax Status Check Details of Selected Job Print Image Sending Activity Report After tapping the key of the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 576
    Details Number: Address 001 aaa@aaa.□□□ 002 bbb@bbb.□□□ Start Time 10:05 07/07 10:05 07/07 Status Resend to All Addresses Which Failed in Sending Perform the document filing resend procedure. (There is no need to re-scan the original.) • Not using document filing: You will return to the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 577
    using the PC-I-Fax function, the PC-Fax driver must be installed and then updated using the CD-ROM that accompanies the Internet fax expansion kit. For more information, see the Software Setup Guide. • This function can only be used on a Windows computer. This function is available for transmission
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 578
    Front and reverse sides are scanned The settings on 2-sided scanning are cleared when transmission has completed. • You cannot use 2-Sided scanning when the original size is set to Long Size. • On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, duplex scanning is not possible when
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 579
    Verification Stamp Call Program Call Registered settings Send Destination Link Preview CA Start In the above screen, the scan size (the placed original) is not detected correctly, manually specify the original scan size. ► SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE IN PAPER SIZE (page 5-50) ►
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 580
    size or is not detected correctly, manually specify the original size. When [Long Size] is selected, the 2-sided scanning setting and send size cannot be changed. Adjustment Slow Scan Mode Scan Thin Paper Original Blank Page Skip Skip Blank Page in Original Color Mode Sharpness Adjust Outline
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 581
    5-10) 2 Tap the [Original] key. 3 After tapping the "Scan Size" key, tap the [Direct Entry] key. 4 Address Book Address Touch to input Address Scan Background Adjustment Slow Scan Mode Scan Thin Paper Original Blank Page Skip Skip Blank Page in Original Color Mode Sharpness Adjust Outline of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 582
    from each mode (page 5-10) 2 Tap the [Original] key. 3 Tap the [Scan Size] key and tap the [ Scan Size Auto AB 8½x11 Inch Store/Delete Direct Entry Custom Size Background Adjustment Slow Scan Mode Scan Thin Paper Original Blank Page Skip Skip Blank Page in Original Color Mode Sharpness
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 583
    Select the size key to store/delete the custom original size. Others Background Adjustment Slow Scan Mode Scan Thin Paper Original Blank Page Skip Skip Blank Page in Original Color Mode Sharpness Adjust Outline of Image Preview CA Start Tap a key ( ) for storing a custom original size. Tap
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 584
    10) 2 Tap the [Original] key. 3 Tap the [Scan Size] key and tap the [Custom Size] tab. 4 Address Book Address Touch to input Address Scan Size Background Adjustment Slow Scan Mode Scan Size Sharpness Adjust Outline of Image Check that the specified size is displayed on the Scan Size X11
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 585
    Original Blank Page Skip Skip Blank Page in Original Color Mode Sharpness Adjust Outline of Image Preview CA Start Tap the desired send size key. After the settings are completed, tap . Depending on the paper size specified for the "Scan Size", it may not be possible to select some sizes for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 586
    To configure the default setting of image orientation, select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Image Orientation] in "Settings (administrator)". The ratio used for reduction or enlargement of the original will appear between the "Scan Size" and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 587
    document feeder, the exposure setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (If "Job Build" is used in Others, change the exposure each time a new set of originals is inserted.) Exposure settings Exposure Auto Manual 1-2 3 4-5 Suggestion This setting automatically adjusts the exposure for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 588
    SCANNER/INTERNET FAX►TRANSMITTING AN IMAGE In Scan mode or Data entry mode 1 Tap the [Detail] key to change to normal mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 2 Tap the [Exposure] key. 3 Tap the key assigned to the original type you wish to set based on the original type. 4 Address
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 589
    (600 x 600 dpi, etc.) will produce a sharp image. However, a high resolution setting will result in a large file, and if the file is too large, transmission may not be possible. In this event, reduce the number of pages scanned or take other measures to decrease the file size. ► CHANGING FORMAT
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 590
    mode/compression ratio) for sending a scanned image at the time of transmission. In addition, if the scanned originals are divided into separate files, settings. *4 Only appears on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V *5 Only appears on the MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 591
    format, the password entry screen appears when scanning. Enter a password with up to Change Setting] in the job build settings. • If [PDF/High] is set when an original type setting scanned original.* * MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX PDF viewer does not support Flate Compression, the recipient
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 592
    RTF JPEG PDF/A-1a XLSX TXT(UTF-8) XPS PDF/A-1b PPTX Prog. CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color Start CA Preview Auto Set B/W Start Color Start 4 (Only when [PDF] is selected on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V) To enable OCR, select the [OCR] checkbox ( ) and tap [OCR
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 593
    mode from each mode (page 5-10) 6 Tap the [File Format] key. 7 Tap the [Color/Grayscale] or [B/W] tab and select the format mode for scanning. • The format setting for [B/W] mode is the file format with the color mode set to [Mono2]. • The format setting for [Color/Grayscale] mode is the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 594
    1a PDF/A-1b TXT(UTF-8) RTF Encry. Compact OCR OCR Setting U-Fine DOCX XLSX PPTX Specified Pages per File 1 Programmed the MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, the Enhanced compression kit is required. This item cannot be used in MX-2630N. 9 (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 595
    FAX►TRANSMITTING AN IMAGE 10 Tap the Compression key or Compression Ratio key. MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V When the On the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V, tap when you have completed the settings. 11 To change the number of pages per file, set the [Specified
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 596
    scanning the original. To set the settings used when each key is tapped, select "Settings (Web version)" - [System Settings]→ [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [Initial Status Settings] → [Easy Scan Settings]. In Normal mode Mode Scanning from each mode (page 5-10) 2 Tap the [Color Mode
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 597
    color selection. Specify whether Mono2 or grayscale is used when scanning black and white originals. Note that if the file format is set to JPEG, scanning will take place in grayscale. After the settings are completed, tap . The B/W mode can be set only when the [Auto] key is selected in the color
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 598
    SCANNER/INTERNET FAX►TRANSMITTING AN IMAGE SETTING SCAN SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY (Auto Set) (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/ MX-6070V only) To automatically set scan settings appropriate for the original, tap the [Auto Set] key in the base screen of Easy Mode. Original 8½x11 Address E-mail
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 599
    key of a stored program. Select Dual Page Scan. Specify Erase. Tap the [Start] key. Scan and send the original. Tap the [Start] key. Scan and send the original. Considerable time is required to send the documents each month because the above settings must be selected. In addition, mistakes are
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 600
    GLASS (page 1-84) 3 Address Book Address Touch to input Address Call Program Registered setting is called when touched. Pre-Setting Program 01 Program 1 03 03 05 05 07 07 09 09 02 02 04 04 06 06 08 08 10 10 Others Change Name Delete Register in Favorite Register for Home Tap the desired
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 601
    and transmission have ended. • When you place the original on the document glass, scan each page one at a time. When scanning finishes, place the next original and tap the [Start] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. You can tap the [Preview] key
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 602
    for originals with 8-1/2" × 11" (A4) or 5-1/2" × 8-1/2" (B5 or A5) size. • Transmission is not possible at a size smaller than the original size. • When the scan size of the original is specified by numeric values, this function cannot be used. • This function cannot be used together with Dual Page
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 603
    Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22 Setting] key in the scan-end confirmation screen to change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and send size. (However, when scanning
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 604
    MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, two sided scanning cannot be used when scanning Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Device Control] → [Original Size Detector Setting] is set to "AB-3" in "Settings mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 605
    "Original" to "Auto". To cancel the mixed size original setting Tap the [Mixed Size Original] key to uncheck it. 5 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. Tap the [Preview] key to check the preview of an image
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 606
    5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ADDRESS BOOK (page 5-16) ► VIEWING A LIST OF THE SELECTED DESTINATIONS (page 5-19) ► USING A SEARCH NUMBER TO RETRIEVE A DESTINATION (page 5-20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 607
    ) inch Background Adjustment Color Mode Contrast Adjust Contrast of Image Sharpness Adjust Outline of Image Drop Out Color Remove Chromatic Color Tap the scan size or the send size. In this case, the screen of this step appears when you tap the scan size key. For the procedure for setting the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 608
    This function can be used with Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP/Desktop, Scan to Network Folder, and Save to External Memory Device. • The e-mail will be sent without being divided if System Settings - [Image Send Settings]→[Scan Settings]→[Condition Settings]→[If the E-mail attachment(s) exceed maximum
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 609
    Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 4 Specify the destination. ► AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5- setting, tap the [Back] key. When original count is enabled, the number of scanned originals will appear during scanning. To cancel the multicrop setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 610
    CARD SCAN) (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V only) You can scan a Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP/Desktop, Scan to Network Folder, and Save to External Memory Device. The e-mail will be sent without being divided if System Settings - [Image Send Settings]→[Scan Settings]→[Condition Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 611
    electric light shines onto the originals during scanning, cropping may not be successful. Adjust mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 4 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM ) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ►
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 612
    with the file format selected in [File Format], enable [Also Send Image]. To cancel the business card scan setting Tap the [Off] key. 7 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning the originals. When scanning is completed, place the next group of originals and tap the [Start] key. Repeat the above step
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 613
    name to a file. When [Use Full Name on Card as the File Name] is enabled, the name on a scanned business card can be assigned as the file name. If you do not set a file name, the machine will assign an automatically generated file name. File name rules File names are assigned as
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 614
    Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP/Desktop, Scan to Network Folder, and Save to External Memory Device. Settings (administrator) -"Image Send Settings"→"Scan Settings"→"Condition Settings appropriately. 2 Close the automatic document feeder. The scanning method is different from multi-crop. Close the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 615
    (page 5-20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. When original count is enabled, the number of scanned originals will appear during scanning. To cancel the image crop setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 616
    consisting of numerous pages into sets, scan each set using the automatic document feeder each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ►
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 617
    of originals and tap the [Start] key. Repeat until all originals have been scanned. • If needed, tap [Change Setting] before tapping the [Start] key, and change the original scan settings and send settings for the next original. The setting changes will be applied to the next job. • If you tap the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 618
    SCAN) The left and right sides of an original are scanned as two separate pages. This function is useful when you wish to successively scan each page of a book or other bound document. When using dual page scan left and right pages are sent as two pages. Original scan size 11" x 17" (A3) x 1 page
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 619
    each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. Drop Out Color Sharpness Contrast Preview CA RGB Adjust File Back 8½x11 Quick File 8½x11 Start To cancel the dual page scan setting Tap the [Dual Page Scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 620
    SCANNER/INTERNET FAX►OTHER FUNCTIONS 5 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. When scanning finishes, place the next original and tap the [Start] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that transmission has
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 621
    can be enabled when the original size setting is set to [Auto]. The document glass is each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM ) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ►
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 622
    CA Start Select the binding edge of the pamphlet original. After the settings are completed, tap sequence. and [Back] keys in Check the preview . To cancel the Book Divide setting: Tap the [Off] key. 6 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. A beep will sound to indicate that
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 623
    the initial screen of each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ADDRESS BOOK ( DESTINATION (page 5-20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 624
    Adjustment Adjust Original Background Darkness. File Format Select File Format Sharpness Adjust Outline of Image Contrast Tap or slide the slider to Start To cancel the background adjustment setting: Tap the [Off] key. 6 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. • If you
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 625
    TO THE SCANNED ORIGINAL BEFORE screen of each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ADDRESS BOOK page 5-20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 626
    CA Start To cancel the contrast settings: Tap the [Off] key. 6 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. • When you
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 627
    THE SCANNED ORIGINAL BEFORE TRANSMISSION (SHARPNESS) Blurry of each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ADDRESS 5-20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ► RETRIEVING A
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 628
    are completed, tap and [Back] keys in 123 4 5 On sequence. Less Sharp More Sharp Back Preview CA Start To cancel the sharpness setting: Tap the [Off] key. 6 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 629
    SCANNED mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. To cancel the drop out color setting Tap the [Drop Out
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 630
    more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 5-68)". Tap the [Change Setting] key in the scan-end confirmation screen to change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and send size. (However, when scanning each even-numbered page of the original, only the exposure can be changed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 631
    mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) want to adjust or slide the slider to adjust the This setting is only applied to color jobs. -2 -1 0 12
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 632
    more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 5-68)". Tap the [Change Setting] key in the scan-end confirmation screen to change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and send size. (However, when scanning each even-numbered page of the original, only the exposure can be changed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 633
    erase width of 1/2" (10 mm) and reduce the image to 70% before scanning it, the erase width will be reduced to 3/8" (7 mm). • When the erase setting is selected, the image orientation will be forcibly portrait. To change the default erase width setting: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 634
    each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ► to scan a 2-sided original. • If the [Reverse Erase Position of The Back Face] checkbox is set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 635
    it with . To cancel the erase setting: Tap the [Clear] key. 7 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning of the original. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. • When you
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 636
    5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ADDRESS BOOK (page 5-16) ► VIEWING A LIST OF THE SELECTED DESTINATIONS (page 5-19) ► USING A SEARCH NUMBER TO RETRIEVE A DESTINATION (page 5-20) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 637
    Link A checkmark appears on the icon. After the settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. Drop Out Color Sharpness Contrast Preview CA RGB Adjust File Back 8½x11 Quick File 8½x11 Start To cancel the slow scan Mode setting Tap the [Slow Scan Mode] key to uncheck it. 5 Tap the [Start
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 638
    destinations, this function is applied to scan mode destinations only. • Depending on each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM AN ) ► ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22) ►
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 639
    sheets that include two blank pages are scanned by duplex scanning, (A) will show "5", (B) will show "10", and (C) will show "8". If this step is not performed within one minute after the above confirmation screen appears, the scanned image and settings will be cleared and the base screen
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 640
    Adjustment Dual Page Scan Multicrop Timer Blank Page Skip Call Search Number Verification Stamp Program Registration Register Current Settings Send Destination Link A checkmark appears on the icon. After the settings are completed, tap the [Back] key. Drop Out Color Sharpness Contrast Preview
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 641
    is different from the actual number of sheets: Tap the [Cancel] key and then tap the [OK] key in the message screen to clear all scanned data. Scan settings and destination settings will not be cleared. Insert the original sheets in the document feeder tray again and tap the [Start] key to re
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 642
    unit must be installed. • When 2-sided originals are used, the front of each original is stamped twice. • If an error occurs during scanning, an original that was not scanned may be stamped. • When the "O" mark that is stamped on originals starts to become faint, replace the stamp cartridge. For the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 643
    each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER scanning and transmission have ended. Tap the [Preview] key to check the preview of an image before sending a fax. For more information, see "CHECKING THE IMAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED (page 5-68)". However, settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 644
    [Image Send Settings] → [Internet Fax Settings] → [Send Setting] → [Printing Page Number at Receiver] in "Settings (administrator)". • Position of sender information The sender information is printed at the top of the scanned image data. This makes the transmission data longer than the scan size, so
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 645
    set in the setting mode. Select different conditions for a transmission as required. This function cannot be used in scan ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING A ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 646
    Always Print Print Original Image Tap the key of the print settings. After the settings are completed, tap sequence. and [Back] keys in original image is reduced to allow it to fit on the sheet. If the vertical scanning length (X direction) of the original is longer than 432 mm (17-1/64"), the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 647
    time, transmission will not take place. • When performing a timer transmission, you must scan the original into memory when you set up the transmission. It is not possible to leave the document in the document feeder the initial screen of each mode. ► Changing mode from each mode (page 5-10) 5-117
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 648
    AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER (page 5-22 10 15 Today Monday Wednesday Friday Sunday Tuesday Thursday Saturday Polling Receive Other's Original Quick File Store Data Temporarily File Store Data in Folder the time. • The setting will show the current time. If
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 649
    finishes, place the next original and tap the [Start] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning has ended, and the machine stands by for transmission. You can tap the [Preview] key to check a preview of the image
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 650
    mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify MANUALLY (page 5-21) ► SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER Scan Verification Stamp Drop Out Color Card Shot Image Crop Background Adjustment Sharpness Multicrop Timer Blank Page Skip Contrast Call Search Number Verification Stamp Program Registration Register Current Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 651
    finishes, place the next original and tap the [Start] key. Repeat the procedure until all pages have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. You can tap the [Preview] key to check a preview of the image before sending
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 652
    mode from each mode (page 5-10) 3 Specify the destination. ► RETRIEVING Scan Verification Stamp Drop Out Color Card Shot Image Crop Background Adjustment Sharpness Multicrop Timer Blank Page Skip Contrast Call Search Number Verification Stamp Program Registration Register Current Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 653
    finishes, place the next original and tap the [Start] key. Repeat the procedure until all pages have been scanned and then tap the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and transmission have ended. You can tap the [Preview] key to check a preview of the image before sending
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 654
    be configured before you can use Gmail link function. Settings required on the machine System settings Enable the "Gmail" setting in "Settings (Administrator)" → [System Settings] → [Network Settings] → [External Service Connect] → [E-mail Connect Settings]. Add the Gmail icon to the home screen
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 655
    screen appears. 2 Enter your Google account information. The settings screen appears. 3 Select the address of the recipient and scan settings. For the address and scan settings, refer to "SETTINGS SCREEN (page 5-128)". 4 To view a preview of the scanned image, tap the [Preview] key. 5 Tap the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 656
    to send scanned files by e-mail. You can connect to "Microsoft Exchange Server 2010/2013" or "Exchange Online (Cloud Service)". Before using Exchange link function This section explains the settings that must to the home screen. To edit the home screen, refer to "U/I Customize Guide". 5-126
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 657
    appears. 2 Enter the user name and password used to connect to the Exchange server or the Exchange Online. The settings screen appears. 3 Select the address of the recipient and scan settings. For the address and scan settings, refer to "SETTINGS SCREEN (page 5-128)". 4 To view a preview
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 658
    select advanced scan settings. Recipient settings Enter scanned image to be attached. Changing the login account You can change the account currently used for login to a different account. Tap the [Switch Accounts] key to open the Gmail or Exchange login screen, and enter the user name and password
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 659
    kit is installed *2 Only appears on the MX-3060V/MX-3070V/MX-3560V/MX-3570V/MX-4060V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V *3 Only appears on the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V *4 Only appears on the MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V *5 Only appears when the Enhanced
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 660
    • E-mail that is sent may be limited by the settings and specifications of the Gmail or Exchange server. • In some functions, or sending may be slow or may stop before the job is completed. • Sharp Corporation does not in any way guarantee the continuity or stability of Gmail or Exchange connection
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 661
    The Image Sending Activity Report contains information that is useful in dealing with problems, such as the types of errors that occurred. The most recent 200 report: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Internet Fax Settings] → [Default Settings] → [Activity Report
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 662
    Code for use by service technicians. displayed* Displayed at the receiving machine when delivery confirmation is set. dispatched* Forwarded elsewhere confirmation is set. failed* An abnormal condition occurred when delivery confirmation is set. * If the receiving machine is a SHARP machine,
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 663
    . In the default setting, this function checks touch panel. Follow the instructions in the message to load password has been entered. ► PRINTING A PIN CODE-PROTECTED FAX (Hold setting INTERNET FAXES MANUALLY If the Scan Mode Mixed Size Original Original Count Send Settings Edge Erase Others Scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 664
    Routing (Forwarding/Storing) Settings]. You can check the received data image on the touch panel before printing. ► CHECKING THE IMAGE BEFORE PRINTING (page 5-136) • The received faxes will be stored in memory regardless of whether they are received automatically or manually. • When the received
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 665
    data at the specified time: In "Settings", select [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Time Specified Output of Received Data]. • To disable the hold setting for received data print: In "Settings (administrator)", disable this function using [System
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 666
    Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Preview Setting] → [Received Data Image Check Setting] is enabled* in "Settings (administrator)". * The factory default setting FORWARDING RECEIVED DATA MANUALLY (page 5-144 Toner File Store Data in Folder Tap the key of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 667
    delete in the Erase Specified Range screen. • To forward the selected image, tap the [Forward to Other Address] on the action panel. ► FORWARDING RECEIVED DATA MANUALLY (page 5-144) • To save the selected image, tap the [File] key. ► SAVING RECEIVED DATA (page 5-145) 5-137
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 668
    it is out of paper or out of toner, received Internet faxes are forwarded to another setting for received data print) (page 5-134) 1 Tap the [Settings] key on the Home screen. 2 Select the [System Settings] key and tap the [Image Send Settings] key. 3 Tap the [Fax Data Receive/Forward (Manual
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 669
    network folder address. Received data can be forwarded to the specified destinations without being printed. Forwarding Received Data In setting mode (Web version), configure the inbound routing settings. For the procedure for accessing the setting mode (Web version), see Start Guide. The following
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 670
    SCANNER/INTERNET FAX►INTERNET FAX RECEPTION FUNCTIONS 3 Click [Sender Address Registration] in the [Inbound Routing (Forwarding/Storing) Settings] menu in the "Settings (Web version)". 4 Enter the sender address or fax number in "Internet Fax Address" or "Fax Number" as appropriate, and click
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 671
    settings can be set for one forwarding table, and a forwarding destination can be set for each set time. To configure these settings, use the [Forward Condition] tabs to access each setting. 10 up to 400 recipients can be registered for network folder, FTP/Desktop, Internet fax, and fax. 12 Enter
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 672
    500 files can be stored in one folder as received data. • The "faxreceive" folder contains files of "Settings for HDD Storing of Received Data". • The folder is automatically created. • The folder name is automatically assigned based on the setting of "Settings for HDD Storing of Received Data" in
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 673
    FAX►INTERNET FAX RECEPTION FUNCTIONS How to save received faxes to the hard disk 1 In "Settings (administrator)", click [System Settings] → [Network Settings] → [Public Folder / NAS Setting]. (Administrator rights required.) 2 Select [Allowed] in "faxreceive:Use of Storage" and click the [Submit
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 674
    manually after receipt. This function is available when [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Common Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Preview Setting] → [Received Data Image Check Setting] is enabled* in "Settings (administrator)". * The factory default setting Data in Folder Tap the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 675
    * The factory default setting is disabled. Received data inside the memory Save in the document filing folder Save When data is received, is shown at the top of the screen. 1 Select ExternalSAypsptelimcaItniofonrmation Exit Event Information Maintenance Information Toner Remaining In the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 676
    JOB IN PROGRESS (page 1-91) ► CHECKING COMPLETED JOBS (page 1-92) Job Status Print Job Address Broadcast Scan LINE PRINTER Back Fax Set Time Pages Internet Fax Status Print Image Sending Activity Report Back 10:45 07/07 0001/0001 0010/0010 OK Job Queue Complete Image send jobs include
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 677
    status field. The screen changes to the completion screen when a reception report e-mail has been received from the destination. Reception jobs when the inbound routing settings are enabled When the inbound routing settings are enabled, reception jobs are handled as follows depending on the print
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 678
    Setup Guide. • This function cannot be used when it has been disabled using "Disable Scan Function" in the system settings (administrator). • The procedures for selecting the scanner driver and starting scanning vary depending on the TWAIN-compliant application. For more information, see the manual
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 679
    /INTERNET FAX►SCANNING FROM A COMPUTER (PC Scan Mode) 2 PC Scan Tap the [PC Scan] mode icon to switch to PC Scan mode. If the [PC Scan] mode icon does not appear, tap to move the screen. Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status When PC scan mode is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 680
    Auto" is selected, the original size detected by the machine will be scanned. You can also set the scanning area in the preview window with your mouse. (3) Click the [Preview] button. The preview image will appear in the scanner driver. If you are not satisfied with the preview image, repeat (2) and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 681
    the orientation that appears in the preview window. [Image Size] button: Click this button to specify the scan area by entering numerical values. Pixels set the scanning area to the entire preview image. • For further information on the scan settings, click button to open scanner driver Help
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 682
    the original. Scanner IP address: 0.0.0.0 PC Scan Exit Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status 10 PC scan in progress. Finish PC scan mode? PC Scan No Yes Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control Job Status Tap the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 683
    at the touch panel and transmitted along with the image as an XML file. Image file Metadata (XML file) Scan to E-mail Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Server Fax server, document management software, workflow application, and encryption server, etc. Client Computer that Uses
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 684
    rights are required.) Enable metadata delivery. Storing Metadata Sets Store the items (the metadata set) to write to the XML file that will be generated during scanning. Up to 10 metadata items can be configured in a metadata set. A stored metadata set can be selected at the time of transmission
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 685
    Set]. If a specific metadata set has been specified as the default set, go to step 3. If no metadata sets have been stored, Metadata Entry is unavailable. Store metadata set in the setting image or other settings, and perform the scan send procedure. • Configure job detail settings and then start
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 686
    the XML file. These fields can be selected and are defined in the setting mode (Web version). If a defined metadata field is one of the on the fax cover sheet. When the user enters a [Subject] in the send settings screen in the touch panel, the entered value is applied as metadata. Enter the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 687
    BASE SCREEN OF DOCUMENT FILING MODE . . . 6-8 SAVING FILES WITH DOCUMENT FILING FILING WHILE USING ANOTHER MODE 6-9 • QUICK FILE 6-9 • FILE 6-10 SAVING DOCUMENT DATA ONLY (SCAN TO HDD • SAVE ON HDD • SAVE IN EXTERNAL MEMORY DEVICE . . . . . 6-14 6-14 6-16 USING STORED FILES SEQUENCE FOR
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 688
    File Store Edit Reuse Image send Printer Print Hard disk Transmission Download Your computer External memory device Uses of document filing Using the same settings Printing out ledger sheets as required Scanning is not No settings necessary. are necessary. Printing only Settings are
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 689
    and assign a file name. A password (5 to 32 characters) can also be set when storing a file ("Confidential" save) as required. Custom Folder Folders with custom names are stored inside this folder. Scanned documents are stored in the stored folder. Like the Main folder, a custom folder allows you to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 690
    a location for storing files. Specify a password for the user folder as required. Enter the PIN Code to use the folder. My Folder A previously created custom folder can be selected as "My Folder", or a new folder created as "My Folder". When "My Folder" has been configured and user authentication
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 691
    stored in custom folders and in the Main folder Examples of can be stored in the Quick File folder Examples of original types Number of pages* folder and custom folder. For this reason, when too much data has been stored in the main folder and custom folder the main folder and custom folder. The
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 692
    Password: 12345678 "Meeting minutes" folder password setting is required. Confidential You can set a password (5 to 32 characters) for file protection. • The above information cannot be specified when a file is saved with Quick File. • When you select [Create Downloadable File] in Scan SHARP
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 693
    HHH JJJ LLL Scan to HDD Scan to External Memory Device Select File from FTP to Print Select File from USB Memory to Print Select File from Network Folder to Print CA • [File] and [Quick File] These keys may not appear on the action panel depending on the mode or settings. In this case
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 694
    Use to save originals to be shared among users. The folder for the registered user. Folder Select Main Folder AAA CCC EEE GGG III III KKK Use to save a file temporarily. My Folder Quick File Folder BBB DDD FFF HHH JJJ LLL Scan to HDD Scan to External Memory Device Select File from FTP to Print
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 695
    changed. To delete all files in the Quick File folder with the exception of protected files: In "Settings (administrator)", select [System Settings] → [Document Filing Settings] → [Condition Settings] → [Delete All Quick Files]. Configure settings to have all files deleted when the power is turned
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 696
    File folder. To prevent accidental saving of the file, the message "The scanned data is stored in the quick file folder." appears for 6 seconds (default setting) after Year_Hour-Minute-Second (Example: Copy_04042015_112030) Save location: Main Folder 1 Place the original. Place the original in the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 697
    panel to specify the file information. To select the user name, file name, folder, and property setting, see "File Information (page 6-12)". To save on the HDD: ► copies 1 Off Sharing Password On User Name User Unknown File Name Copy_04042015_112030AM Stored to Main Folder Create PDF for PC
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 698
    FILING File Information The procedure for detail settings is described below. Specifying a property, user name, file name, and folder makes it easier to manage and search for a file. In addition, when [Confidential] is selected for Property and a password is established, other people will not be
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 699
    " of that user will automatically be selected. 2 Tap the key of the folder where you want to store the file, and tap . If a password has been set for the folder, a password entry screen appears. Enter the password (5 to 8 digits number) using the numeric keys and tap the . Creating PDF for PC
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 700
    B/W Start Color Start On the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V, you can tap the [Auto Set] key to automatically set appropriate scan settings for the original. ► SETTING SCAN SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY (Auto Set) (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/ MX-6070V only) (page 5-68) 5 To select
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 701
    for the original. • To set a user name, file attribute, or password, tap [Options]. • When a file is created with [Create Downloadable File] disabled, this setting cannot be enabled later. 5 Tap the [Start] key to start scanning. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning and file store have
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 702
    B/W Start Color Start On the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V, you can tap the [Auto Set] key to automatically set appropriate scan settings for the original. ► SETTING SCAN SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY (Auto Set) (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/ MX-6070V only) (page 5-68) 5 To select
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 703
    Color Mode Auto/Mono2 Resolution 200x200dpi File Format PDF Original Return to Folder Selection Screen Check the file name and save location, and tap keys for any settings you want to select. Exposure Job Build Auto Others Scan Size Auto 8½x11 Send Size 100% Auto 8½x11 Preview CA Start
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 704
    memory device (USB) Scan to External Memory Device Perform Detail Setting Device]. Easy • To select detailed settings in normal mode, select the Fax [Perform Detail Setting] checkbox . ► NETWORK SCANNER MODE (page 5-8) Operation Guide Enlarge Display Mode Settings Total Count LCD Control
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 705
    DOCUMENT FILING►SAVING FILES WITH DOCUMENT FILING 5 Check the [Sending data has been completed.] message, and remove the USB memory device from the machine. 6-19
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 706
    authentication and storing user names, see "USER CONTROL (page 7-61)". Also in setting mode (Web version), you can use document filing. In setting mode (Web version), click [Document Operations] → [Document Filing], and then click the folder that contains the file you wish to use. You can also check
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 707
    key displayed for each job type. All Files Date 06/06/2015 Choose Print Settings Move Check Image Search for a file saved in a folder. Displays the functions that can be used. Displays the saved files. Copy_04042015_112100AM Copy_04042015_112130AM Copy_04042015_112200AM Copy_04042015_112230AM
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 708
    is configured by selecting [User Control] in "Settings (administrator)" → [User List], the custom folder specified as "My Folder" opens. 2 Folder Select Main Folder AAA CCC EEE GGG III III KKK Quick File Folder BBB DDD FFF HHH JJJ LLL Scan to HDD Scan to External Memory Device Select File from
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 709
    ] key. To delete data after printing, set the [Print and Delete the Data] checkbox to . To print the file in black and white, select the [Print B/W] checkbox . Main Folder File Name Copy_04042015_112030AM Copy_04042015_112100AM Copy_04042015_112130AM Copy_04042015_112200AM Copy_04042015_112230AM
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 710
    • A file in the currently selected folder cannot be selected simultaneously with a file in a different folder. • If the job type is changed copies at data saving, tap the [Apply the Number from Stored Setting of Each Job.] checkbox to set to . When printing with the number of copies at data saving
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 711
    ►USING STORED FILES BATCH PRINTING 1 Tap the [Batch Print] key. 2 Batch Print Main Folder User Name Password All Files Return to File Selection Screen Change Print Number ( 1~9999 ) Apply the Number from Stored Setting of Each Job. Print Order Date (Dsc.) Delete CA Start Tap the [User
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 712
    transmitted. (However, if the job was filed in the printer driver, it can be transmitted if "Rip Style" is set to [RGB]. This settings is accessed by selecting the [Other Settings] button on the [Detailed Settings] tab.) • These transmission methods require installation of the corresponding options
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 713
    2015 06/06/2015 06/06/2015 06/06/2015 Delete Choose Print Settings Move Check Image See Detail Information Print and Delete the Data Print File Name AAA Move to: If the folder with a password is tapped, a password entry screen will appear. Enter the password (5 to 8 digits number) using the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 714
    Print Now Tap the [Delete] key. 2 Main Folder Delete the file data? File Name Copy_20150624_165407 Copy_20150624_165407 Unknown 06/06/2015 06/06/2015 Select All Batch Print Delete Choose Print Settings Move Check Image See Detail Information Print and Delete the Data Print B/W CA
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 715
    after Specified Days Have Elapsed] is selected, you can select 1 to 7 days, 10 days, 20 days, or 30 days for the number of elapsed days, and set a scheduled time for each. Example: Delete the data in the Quick File folder at 9:00 AM 1 day from now. File Name Stored Date Deletion date and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 716
    (page 6-22) 1 Main Folder File Name Copy_04042015_112030AM Copy_04042015_112100AM Copy_04042015_112130AM 2015 06/06/2015 06/06/2015 06/06/2015 06/06/2015 Delete Choose Print Settings Move Check Image See Detail Information Print and Delete the Data Print B/W CA Print Now
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 717
    Data CA Print Now Tap [Combine File] on the action panel. 2 Append file information. To select the user name, file name, folder, and property setting, see "File Information (page 6-12)". ► Changing the property (page 6-12) ► Specifying a user name (page 6-13) ► Assigning a file name (page 6-13
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 718
    of a copy job or quickly send a saved fax to another destination. 1 Tap the job status display. 2 Print Job Job Job Queue Scan Fax Internet Fax Progress / Sets Status Tap the tab with a file to be retrieved, and tap the [Complete] key. Priority Change Spool Job Queue Complete 3 Tap the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 719
    DDD FFF HHH JJJ LLL Scan to HDD Scan to External Memory Device Select File from FTP to Print Select File from USB Memory to Print Select File from Network Folder to Print CA To search for a specific folder, tap its key. If the folder with a password is tapped, a password entry screen will appear
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 720
    Memory to Print Tap each text box and set the search condition. Select File from Network Folder to Print To search for the current folder, set the [Search Just Within the Folder] checkbox to . PIN Code/Password Date Search Just Within the Folder Search Start CA Print Now [User Name] Search
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 721
    file can also be modified before printing by changing the print settings. On the action panel, tap [Select File from FTP to Print], [Select File from USB Memory to Print] or [Select File from Network Folder to Print]. For more information, see "PRINTING WITHOUT THE PRINTER DRIVER (page 3-80)". 6-35
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 722
    FTP Direct Print Settings (Network Folder Print Setting from PC/Mobile Terminal 7-88 7-88 7-89 7-90 7-91 7-91 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-93 7-93 Image Send Settings 7-94 • Common Settings 7-94 • Scan Settings 7-98 • Internet Fax Settings 7-103 • Fax Data Receive/Forward (Manual 7-109 • Inbound
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 723
    Settings 7-145 • External Service Connect 7-147 • LDAP Settings 7-147 • Active Directory Settings 7-149 • Public Folder / NAS Setting 7-149 • Proxy Setting 7-150 • Wireless Settings 7-150 • Easy Connection Setting 7-152 • Device Web Page Setting 7-153 Security Settings 7-154 • Password
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 724
    default administrator password, see Start Guide.) To change the password, see "Change Password (page 7-154)". * To ensure a high level of security, change the password at regular intervals. For fax settings, see "SETTING MODE FOR FAX (page 7-178)". Displaying the setting mode on the machine 1 10
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 725
    : Internet Explorer: 9 or later (Windows®) Firefox: 37 or later (Windows®) Safari: 4.0 or later (Mac OS®) Chrome: 42 or later (Windows®) Depending on the machine settings, user authentication may be required to display the setting mode (Web version). For password and other information required for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 726
    Setup Items U: General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Factory default setting U A ■ Status (page 7-50) ● Machine Firmware Version (page 7-52) - ● Power Reset (page 7-53) - ● Data List (page 7-53) -  List for User -  List for Administrator - * Some settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 727
    the web page. *2 Set the Category Setting in System Settings→Document Filing Settings→Document Filing Control of the machine's setting mode. *3 This appears when My Folder is set. User Control Setup Items U: General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Factory default setting U A ■ User
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 728
    default setting U A  Store user authentication information for External Connect Enabled No Yes  Card Setting No Yes  Use IC Card for Authentication Disabled No Yes  Request Password Apply login name to the user name of network folder Enabled No Yes  Edit Help Display of Login
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 729
    Sharp OSA All Invalid No Yes  Billing Code Display Name Setting No Yes • Main Code Display Name Default No Yes • Sub Code Display Name Default from the setup file - No Yes  Card Scan Test Disabled No Yes  Card Type / Card Reader Settings (page 7-81) No Yes  Card Type /
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 730
    user; A: System administrator/Administrator Setup Items Factory default setting U A ● Home Screen Settings (page 7-82)  Condition Settings - No Yes  Icon* - No Yes  Background Image* - * In the machine's setting mode, this can be set with a USB memory device connected. No Yes
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 731
    default setting U A  Disabling Registration of Custom Image Disabled No Yes  Disabling sending while copying Disabled No Yes  High Quality Scan from Document Feeder (B/W) Disabled No Yes  Quick Scan a saddle stitch finisher/saddle stitch finisher (large stacker) is installed 7-10
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 732
    Direct Print  Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print  Disabling sending while printing  Interface Settings  Hexadecimal Dump Mode  I/O • Punch*3 U: General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Factory default setting U A No Yes Enabled No Yes Disabled No Yes Disabled No
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 733
    - No Yes  Password - No Yes • Change Password Disabled No Yes  Check Interval 5 minutes No Yes  Enable SSL Disabled No Yes  Connection Test - No Yes  Direct Print Settings (FTP) No Yes  Direct Print Settings (Network Folder) - No Yes  Print Setting from PC/Mobile
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 734
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SETTING MODE LIST Image Send Settings Common Settings U: General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Setup Items Factory default setting U A ● Common Settings (page 7-94)  Condition Settings No Yes  Hold settings for a while after scanning has been completed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 735
    Scan Settings Setup Items ● Scan Settings (page 7-98)  Scan Settings  Initial Status Settings • Default Color Mode Settings - Scanner Common + Disable Change of B/W Setting in Auto Mode - E-mail + Disable Change of B/W Setting in Auto Mode • Initial File Format Setting Factory default setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 736
    + Font + Detect Image Direction + File Name Extraction • Easy Scan Settings - Color - B/W • Resolution Setting - Scan + Apply the Resolution Set when Stored + (No item) - E-mail + Apply the Resolution Set when Stored Factory default setting PDF Disabled Compression Mode: MMR (G4) Compression Ratio
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 737
    /Network Folder) • Bcc Setting - Enable Bcc - Display Bcc Address on the Job Status Screen • Auto Scan Setting* - Set Image Orientation Automatically - Set Resolution Automatically - Blank Page Skip • Disable Scan Function - PC Scan • Preset restriction of E-mail for direct input  Default Address
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 738
    Can only be enabled on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V. For fax settings, refer to "SETTING MODE FOR FAX (page 7-178)". Internet Fax Settings Setup Items ● Internet Fax Settings (page 7-103)*  Default Settings  Resolution Setting • Apply the Resolution Set when Stored • (No item
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 739
    of Resend Times at Reception Error 2 Time(s) No Yes  Maximum Size of E-mail Attachments Unlimited No Yes  Rotation Sending Setting All Enabled No Yes  Default Own Number Sending Enabled No Yes  Printing Page Number at Receiver Enabled No Yes  Recall in Case of Line Busy No
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 740
    Port Number • POP Authentication • User Name • Password - Change Password • POP3 Communication Timeout • Reception Check Interval Setting • Enable SSL  Default Settings • I-Fax Own Name and Address Set - Set I-Fax Own Name - Own Address • Direct SMTP Setting - Port Number (Receive) - Timeout - Port
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 741
    .3 + No.4 + No.5 + No.6 + No.7 + If received from a contact registered in the address book, sender's name is changed to contact's name. Factory default setting - - Enabled Enabled Forward All Received Data No Forwarding All Invalid Disabled 00 Hour 00 Minute 00 Hour 00 Minute TIFF(Multi) - Disabled
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 742
    SETTINGS►SETTING MODE LIST Setup Items Factory default setting  Inbound Routing (Storage) Settings  Settings for HDD Storing of Received Data • Auto Storing of Received Data in HDD Disabled • Specifying Data to be Stored - Fax Disabled - Internet Fax Disabled • Specifying Stored Folder
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 743
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SETTING MODE LIST Document Filing Settings Setup Items ● Document Filing Settings (page 7-114)  Condition Settings  Default Mode Settings  Sort Method Setting  Administrator Authority Setting • Delete File • Delete Folder • Change PIN Code/Password  Delete All Quick Files •
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 744
    Send • Internet Fax Send(Incl. PC-I-Fax)*1 • Fax Send(Incl. PC-Fax)*2 • Scan to HDD  Scan Send • Copies • Printer • Scan Send • Internet Fax Send(Incl. PC-I-Fax)*1 • Fax Send(Incl. PC-Fax)*2 Factory default setting MMR (G4) Medium Disabled Disabled 200×200dpi Disabled Disabled 200×200dpi Disabled
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 745
    . PC-Fax) • Scan to HDD  Document Filing Control*3  Automatic Deletion of File Settings *1 When an internet fax expansion kit is installed *2 When a facsimile expansion kit is installed *3 This setting is configured in setting mode on the machine. Factory default setting Enabled Enabled Disabled
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 746
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SETTING MODE LIST Sharp OSA Settings Setup Items ● Sharp OSA Settings (page 7-117)  Condition Settings*1  Cookie Setting  Delete Cookie  Standard Application Settings  Receiving Application Setting  Forward to Application  Application Name  Address for Web Service  Timeout
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 747
    administrator/Administrator Factory default setting U A Enabled Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Enabled Yes Yes When using the MX-5050V/ MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V Plain, Auto-Inch (Auto-AB) When using the MX-2630N/ Yes Yes MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/ MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V Plain
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 748
    Mode • Disable Printing of Operation Manual from the Operation Panel • Initial Original Count Setting • Preview Setting - Received Data Image Check Setting - Default List/Thumbnail Display + Fax/I-Fax Reception Data*5, *6 + File Retrieve of Main Folder/Quick File Folder + File Retrieve of Custom
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 749
    by User who Has Password + Operational Authority + View Password Entry Screen  Easy Mode Settings  Favorite Key Setting  Mode Key Display Setting • Modes to Display • Display Mode Keys on Home  Keyboard Settings  Default Keyboard Setting • Keyboard Select • Set Keyboard Priority  Soft Keyboard
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 750
    Direct Print • Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print • Disabling sending while printing • Disable Blank Page Print  Image Send Settings • Disable Switching of Display Order • Disable Fax Broadcasting*5 • Disable Scan Function • Settings to Disable Registration - Disable Registering Destination
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 751
    Adjustment • Disabling of Covers/Inserts Mode • Disable Printing of Operation Manual from the Operation Panel  Device Control • Disabling of Document Feeder of Punch*9 • Disabling of Master Machine Mode Factory default setting All Invalid Disabled Disabled Disabled All Invalid All Invalid
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 752
    MODE LIST Setup Items Factory default setting U A • Disabling of Client Machine Mode Disabled No Yes  Security Settings No Yes • Hidden Pattern Print Setting No Yes - Disable Direct Entry Disabled No Yes  Machine Identification Settings - No Yes  Clock Adjust No Yes
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 753
    Authentication • User Name • Password - Change Password • Connection Test  LDAP Settings • Name • Search Root • LDAP Server • User Name • Password - Change Password • Authentication Type • KDC Server U: General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Factory default setting U A Wired Only
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 754
    Folder / NAS Setting • public - Use of Storage • shared - Use of Storage • faxreceive - Use of Storage  Network Name Setting  Device Name  Domain Name  Comment  Protocol Settings  IPv4 Settings • DHCP • IPv4 Address • Subnet Mask • Default Gateway  IPv6 Settings • IPv6 • DHCPv6 • Manual
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 755
    SSL - SMTP Authentication - User Name - Password - POP before SMTP - Connection Test  Kerberos • Kerberos Authentication Settings - KDC Server - Port Number - Realm  SNTP • SNTP Settings - SNTP - SNTP Server - Port Number Factory default setting 2 seconds - Disabled 3 minutes - - - - 25 20
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 756
    - Synchronize Upon Start - Synchronize Now  mDNS • mDNS Settings - mDNS - Service Name - Domain Name - Highest Priority Service  SNMP • SNMP v1 Settings - SNMP v1 Settings - Access Method - GET Community - SET Community + Change SET Community - TRAP Community - TRAP Target Address • SNMP v3
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 757
    Print) • AirPrint (Scan) • AirPrint (Fax Send) • mDNS • IPP • IPP-SSL • Service Name • Machine Location • geo URI (RFC 5870)  External Service Connect  Cloud Connect Settings • Office 365 - Domain Name • Google Drive - Google Drive  E-mail Connect Settings Factory default setting Enabled 9100 90
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 758
    Storage  faxreceive • Use of Storage  Proxy Setting  Proxy Setting  Proxy Server Address  User Name  Password • Change Password  Port Number  Address without Using Proxy  Wireless Settings  Easy Connection Setting Factory default setting - Disabled - - - cn - pagelimit authority favorite
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 759
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SETTING MODE LIST Setup Items  Device Web Page Setting  HTTP Access Settings • Number of Users who can Log-in at the Same Time • Auto Logout Time  View Login User  Logout All Users Factory default setting 32 60 minutes - - U A No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 760
    Number • Tandem Output Receive - Port Number • PC Scan - Port Number • Remote Operation Panel - Port Number • SNMPD - Port Number • NBT/WINS • SMTP U: General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Factory default setting U A - Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled 80 Enabled 443
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 761
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SETTING MODE LIST Setup Items • WSD • Print Release - Port Number • Sharp OSA (Expansion Platform) - HTTPS + Port Number - HTTPS + Port Number Setting  Filter  IP Address Filter Settings • Filter Mode • Filter Address 1-4 - Start IP Address - End IP Address Factory default setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 762
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SETTING MODE LIST Setup Items  MAC Address Filter Settings • Filter Address 1-10  SSL Settings  Condition Settings • Setting of SSL - Server Port + Signing Request(CSR)  IPsec Settings  Condition Settings Factory default setting 000000000000 Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 763
    Data) • Forward Send Data • E-mail • Network Folder • FTP • Desktop • File Format  Forwarding Destination Settings (Received Data) • Forward Received Data Factory default setting Disabled - 28800 seconds 28800KB 30sec. - Disabled EAP-TLS - - Disabled Enabled 10 seconds 3 times - - - Disabled Force
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 764
    • Desktop • File Format  Hidden Pattern Print Setting  Initial Status Settings • Default Settings - Hidden Pattern Print Setting - Print Color - Exposure - Size - Angle - Font Style - Camouflage Pattern - Print Method • Print Contents Setting - Pre-Set Word - Unit Serial Number - Account Job ID
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 765
    kit is installed *2 When a facsimile expansion kit is installed *3 This setting is configured in setting mode on the machine. *4 This setting is configured in setting mode on the web page. Factory default setting Enabled Black Disabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 766
     System Settings Enabled No Yes  Sharp OSA All Enabled No Yes  Energy Saving Pattern List No Yes  Automatic Update Pattern - No Yes  Original Eco Pattern - No Yes  Specific Date Operation Settings - No Yes  Power ON/OFF Schedule Setting - No Yes  Toner Save Mode
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 767
    of a Hard Disk  E-mail Alert and Status  Status Message  Alerts Message * This setting is configured in setting mode on the machine. U: General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Factory default setting U A - - 50000 - - - - - - - No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 768
    General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Setup Items Factory default setting U A ● Image Quality Adjustment (page 7-173) (Normal) No Yes  Color Line Width Adjustment 5 No Yes  Scan Image Quality No Yes  RGB Adjust All 0 No Yes  Sharpness 3 (Normal) No Yes 7-47
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 769
    by Screen  Density Smoothing Adjustment  Remove Toner Cartridge*1 * 1 This setting is configured in setting mode on the machine. * 2 MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V only. * 3 This setting is configured in setting mode on the web page. Factory default setting 3 (Normal Middle - U A No Yes
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 770
    General user; A: System administrator/Administrator Setup Items Factory default setting U A ● Initial Installation Settings  Condition Settings No Yes  Name - No Yes  Machine Code - No Yes  Machine Location - No Yes  Memo - No Yes  Clock Adjust - No Yes • Current
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 771
    Location] item in [Machine Identification] appears. If no name has been set, [Not Set] appears. Displays the current status of the machine. If two or Limit • Incorrect Paper • Overdue service maintenance • Paper jammed • Marker supply missing • No toner • Replace waste toner box. • Cover open • The
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 772
    or printed) will vary depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed. • Before printing the number of pages used, select "Settings (administrator)" → [Status] → [Data List] → [List for Administrator]. • In All Sending Address List, the following items are handled by 2-sided
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 773
    the MAC address of default gateway. • IPv6 Settings: Displays the IPv6 status. •IPv6: Displays whether IPv6 is enabled. •DHCPv6: Displays the status of the DHCPv6 server. •Manual Address: Displays the IPv6 address that has been manually specified. •Default Gateway: Displays the current default
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 774
    Test Page Sending Address List Document Filing Folder List Description This list shows information needed by regular users, such as hardware statuses, software statuses, printer environment settings, and paper tray settings. This is used to print the PCL Symbol Set List, various font lists, and the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 775
    sided printing. • Home Screen List • Copy Settings List • Printer Settings List • Image Send Settings • Metadata Set List • Common Settings List • Scan Settings List • Fax Settings List • I-Fax Settings List • Document Filing Settings List • Sharp OSA Settings List Common Lists of the administrator
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 776
    the file format used for a scanned image. When [OCR] is enabled on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V, text in the scanned data is automatically recognized. For PDF black text when scanning, select "Bk Letter Emphasis". Set as Default used Set an address as a default address. 7-55
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 777
    used for transmitted images. Set an address as a default address. To add a new address, select [New Address] and enter the address in [Hostname or IP Address]. Select the file format used for a scanned image. When [OCR] is enabled on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V, text in the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 778
    in the computer to be used for transmission. Enter the password associated with the entered user name. Select the file format used for a scanned image. When [OCR] is enabled on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V, text in the scanned data is automatically recognized. For PDF, the text
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 779
    by clicking [Print], [Send], [Move], or [Delete]. If the file to be manipulated has a password, enter the password in "PIN Code/Password of File". Item Index Display Items Description The displayed Custom Folder names can be filtered by index. Set the number of files that are displayed. 7-58
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 780
    Enter the user name. (Up to 32 characters) Click the [Setup] button and search for users from the list. Set the folder. Enter a file name. (Up to 30 characters) Enter the password that is set for the file. (5 to 32 digits) The found files can be filtered by job. Select this checkbox, and then
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 781
    only if the MFP supports PostScript. Enter the password for the encrypted PDF data on Spool Queue of the Job Status screen. *1 On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, the PS3 expansion kit is required. *2 On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, the Direct
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 782
    user edit/delete screen appears. For information on the settings, see "Settings (page 7-63)". A user can be deleted using the [Delete] key. • If the login authentication with a Fixed User is set, the "Delete All Users" option cannot be used. • Users stored as factory default cannot be deleted. 7-61
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 783
    Users Device Account Other User Login Name admin sysadmin users device account Other PIN Code/Password (See "Start Guide.")*1 sysadmin*1 users*1 device account*1 - My Folder No Main Folder No Authentication Server Settings Login Locally Pages Limit Group Unlimited*1 Authority
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 784
    the user name will appear in the user list. Enter a maximum of 10 characters for the initials. Select a custom index to be stored. The Password Authentication Settings*1 Authentication Server Organization/Group Pages Limit Group Authority Group Favorite Operation Group Default Billing Code My Folder
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 785
    ). Organization /Group List This is used to store user groups. Tap each group name to enter them directly. Default Settings User Authentication This setting enables or disables user authentication and specifies the authentication method. When the user authentication is enabled, each user of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 786
    LDAP server or a directory service (Active Directory, etc.). Before using this function, configure settings for authentication by network server the System Settings: systemsettings My Folder myfolder Folder name of user folder stored in the machine. Do not enter if the default folder is specified.
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 787
    SETTINGS►USER CONTROL If 1000 users have already been manually authentication as a non-registered user, the factory default user authority will be applied. Users auto-registered Password - Authentication Server Settings - Authentication Server Network Authentication E-mail Address My Folder
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 788
    you cannot use the general setting modes or Setting mode. In that case, the administrator should tap the [Admin Password] key on the Setting mode screen and log in Cache User Information Set whether or not automatically registered users are created. Externally authenticated users in Sharp OSA can
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 789
    entering passwords, including administrator passwords, during user authentication, the number of incorrect password attempts driver or printing of a file on an FTP server in Setting mode (Web version), can be prohibited. Allow Remote Scanner Using Before Login. This setting specifies whether scanning
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 790
    be specified up to 240 seconds in increments of 10 seconds. Case sensitivity of login name is enabled. Set whether or not to make login names used at the user name of network folder Apply login name to the user name of network folder Edit Help Display of Login Screen Settings you have created here
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 791
    Editing a page limit group Selecting a group from the list displays the edit screen for that group. For information on the settings, see "Settings (page 7-70)". To return a group to the factory default state, set "Select the Group Name to be the Registration Model" to "Unlimited" on the edit screen
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 792
    applied. The factory default groups and their settings are shown below. Admin System User Administrator Guest Color Prohibited Authority Scanner Prohibited Authority All allowed Allowed Allowed No Toner Save Allowed All prohibited Prohibited Allowed No Toner Save Prohibited All allowed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 793
    ►USER CONTROL Item Creation of PDF for PC Browsing Allowed Approval Setting to Use Toner Save Mode No Toner Save Image Send Approval Settings for Each Mode • E-mail • FTP • Desktop • Network Folder • Scan to Ext.Memory Dev. • Internet Fax Send • PC-I-Fax Send • Fax Send • PC-Fax Send • PC
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 794
    for Administrator Address Registration Document Filing Folder Registration User Control (Admin) User Control (User) Home Screen Settings Copy Function Settings Printer Settings (Admin) Printer Settings (User) Image Send Settings > Common Settings Scan Settings Prohibited Allowed All allowed Allowed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 795
    Quality Adjustment Allowed Allowed Prohibited Prohibited Operation Manual Download Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Shortcut Page Setting Allowed Allowed Prohibited Prohibited * For information on each setting, see the setting mode list. Prohibited Prohibited Allowed Prohibited Allowed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 796
    , Color Mode, File Format, and Original Image Type. Select settings for Specified Pages per File, and Fax Sender Name. Specify the image orientation. Select settings for Color Mode, Exposure, Original Image Type, and Resolution. Set the default output tray for document filing print. Turn this option
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 797
    home screen settings for performing Home Screen Settings. Preview Setting: Default List/Thumbnail Display Fax/I-Fax Reception Data Select whether the default display format of the received fax/I-Fax list screen is list or thumbnails. File Retrieve of Main Folder/Quick File Folder Select whether
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 798
    displayed. Change Text Color On Home Screen Set the color of the text in the scroll of the home screen. Display Toner Quantity Select this to display the toner level in the fixed area • User List This shows the users stored as factory default and the currently stored users. When you select a user
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 799
    ►USER CONTROL Resetting user counts Select a user in the setting screen and tap the [Clear Count] key. A count reset that it is selected and click the [Save] button. This setting can only be configured in Setting mode (Web version). It cannot be configured in the touch panel of the machine. 7-78
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 800
    . In addition, you cannot directly type in a billing code in the billing code entry window. Apply Default Code when Billing Code not entered Billing Code not Entered If this function is enabled, a use code is always set while you are logging in with device account. Disable Billing Code for Selected
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 801
    a sub code. • [Add] key Adds a new sub code. • List Displays a list of registered sub codes. Selecting each sub code displays the window to correct the sub code. • [Delete] key Set the check box on the left of each sub code to , then tap the [Delete] key; the selected sub code is deleted
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 802
    you tap the [Store] key, the facility code is stored. When you enter the configuration file name and tap the [Execute] key, the card area settings are read from the configuration file. If you tap the [Clear] key, all files that match the current search conditions are deleted. Card Type / Card
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 803
    column. To edit the fixed keys, click the Fix Key item. Select this to display the toner level in the fixed area. Icon Use this setting to register a key icon. Item Description Icon list Use this setting to register icons for home screen shortcut keys. The image files of shortcut key icons are
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 804
    registered are JPEG, GIF, and PNG (jpeg, jpg, jpe, jfif, gif, png). The maximum file size for a background image is 640 MB. To configure this setting on the machine, insert the USB memory device that contains the image into the machine. Home Screen Registration You can click a home button in the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 805
    for erase function. Specify a value from 0" (0 mm) to 1" (25 mm) in increments of 1/8" (3 mm) for both edge erase and center erase. InitialN-Up Setting Set the default state for N-Up. Select the page layout for N-Up, whether or not borders are added, and if added, whether the borders are solid lines
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 806
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS Initial Tab Copy Setting This is used to set the default image shift width (tab width) for tab copying. Specify a value from 0" (0 mm) to 1" (25 mm) in increments of 1/8" (3 mm). Disabling of Registration/Deletion of Program
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 807
    is slower. When high quality mode is not selected, the following conditions must be satisfied in order to scan at 600 x 400 dpi and attain the fastest speed. • The copy ratio must be set to 100%. • Do not select a special mode that will change the ratio. • [Copy of Copy] must not be
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 808
    turned on, when the [CA] key is tapped, or when the auto clear interval has elapsed. These settings are used to change the default settings for copy mode. The following settings can be changed: Item Description Color Mode Image Orientation Paper Tray Exposure Type Copy Ratio 2-Sided Copy Original
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 809
    letter) size image, this setting allows A4 size paper to be used if 8-1/2" x 11" size paper is not loaded. Bypass Tray Settings Enable Detected Paper Size in device. Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print Disables the direct printing from a network folder. Disabling sending while printing
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 810
    can be configured. • Auto • PostScript • PCL Unless printer errors occur frequently, it is recommended that you use the factory default setting "Auto". Port Switching Method Selects when port switching takes place. Switch at End of Job The port changes to auto selection when printing ends. Switch
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 811
    driver is used.) Settings Setup Items Copies Orientation Paper Size Output Tray Paper Type Resolution Setting Disable Blank Page Print 2-Sided Print Color Mode N-Up Print*2 Fit To Page*5 Output Separator Page Description 1 - 9999 sets • Portrait • Landscape Set the default paper size. Set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 812
    in binary format. On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/ MX-5050V/MX-6050V, this can only be enabled when the PS3 expansion kit is installed. Setup Items Settings Setting Screen Settings Print PS Errors Binary Processing Configure image settings for PostScript. When a PS (PostScript
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 813
    entire book. On the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3550V/MX-4050V/MX-5050V/MX-6050V, the Direct print expansion kit is required. Print Release Settings Select this option to use the E-mail printing. For detailed information, see "Print Release Settings Guide". E-mail Print Settings Select this option to use
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 814
    of Network Folder Configure network folder settings. Name Set the name to be used for direct print. Folder Path Set the folder path that has the files. User Name Set the user name used to log in to the network folder. Password Set the password used to log in to the network folder. Print Setting from
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 815
    is displayed in place of the initial screen of this mode. In "Settings", if a default address has been configured by selecting [System Settings] → [Image Send Settings] → [Scan Settings] → [Default Address] → [Default Address Setting], the [Higher priority is given to the display of address book
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 816
    format of the received fax/I-Fax list screen is list or thumbnails. Default Exposure Settings This is used to set the default exposure settings for scanning a document in image send mode. Select [Auto] or [Manual]. If you select [Manual], set the exposure to one of 5 levels. When the exposure is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 817
    stamp on the original that has already been scanned using the automatic document feeder. Configure the setting for each of the following items: • E-mail/Scan/Data Entry • Fax/Internet Fax Erase Width Adjustment This is used to set the default erase width for erase function. Specify a value from
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 818
    setting for each of the following items: • E-Mail • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax Select All: Selects all items. Clear Checked: Clears all selections. Disabling of PC Scan This prohibits PC Scan Set Stores name. Sender Fax Number Sets the sender fax number.
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 819
    scanner. Default Color Mode Settings Select a default color mode setting for both color and black & white in e-mail address, network folder, FTP and Desktop. Specify "Scanner Common" unless E-mail is specified. Settings Auto (Mono2, Grayscale*), Full Color, Grayscale, Mono2 * When scanning a black
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 820
    multiple pages are scanned. If this setting is enabled, a number of pages per file can be specified. OCR Setting (Only on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V) Configure the settings that are required for OCR. Font (Only on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V) Set the font
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 821
    MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V) • When Multicrop, Image Crop, Send Destination Link and Card Shot are used, the scanned data is not divided. • If the e-mail exceeds the set size limit, a send error occurs. Maximum Size of Data Attachments(FTP/Desktop/Network Folder) A limit can be set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 822
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS Auto Scan Setting (Only on the MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V) Configure auto scan setting. Set Image Orientation Automatically The orientation of placed originals can be automatically detected. Set whether the original is scanned by one-sided scanning
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 823
    and added to the file name. Note: To prevent duplicate file names, select Date or Unique Identifier. Default Subject Set a maximum of 80 full-width/half-width characters for the default subject for E-mail and Internet Fax transmission. Add Job Information Automatically to the Mail Message Body You
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 824
    can be configured when the Internet fax expansion kit is installed. Default Settings Configures the default settings for Internet fax. Resolution Setting Apply the Resolution Set when Stored You can apply the resolution setting that was set when the file was saved to transmission of the file
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 825
    will not be printed). • The Transaction Report can be printed out manually as needed. See "List for Administrator (page 7-54)" . Body Text Print Select Setting Image files attached to Internet faxes are normally printed. This setting can be enabled to also have the e-mail body text (subject and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 826
    limit can be set from 1 MB to 10 MB in increments of 1 MB. If the total size of the image files created by scanning the original exceeds the setting can be configured separately for each size.) 8-1/2"x11", 5-1/2"x8-1/2"R, A4, B5R, A5R, 16K 8-1/2" x 11"R and A4R size images are not rotated. Default
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 827
    to Recall in Case of Error Specify how many times the machine will attempt the call again when a communication error occurs. During recalling, you can set the number of recall attempts. Any number from 0 to 15 can be selected. Interval to Wait Between Recall Attempts (min.) in Case of Error The
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 828
    POP3 server) for received Internet faxes when the main power is switched on. (Except when 0 hours 0 minutes is specified.) I-Fax Output Setting This sets the output tray for received Internet faxes. The items that appear will vary depending on the machine configuration. Allow/Reject Mail or Domain
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 829
    the password used to access the server. POP3 Communication Timeout Set a timeout for communication to the POP3 server. Reception Check Interval Setting Enter an acknowledge cycle to the POP3 server. Enable SSL Use SSL to encrypt data before transmission. Default Settings Own Number and Name Set Set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 830
    not printed will be forwarded. • If you select [System Settings] in "Settings" → [IImage Send Settings] → [Operation Settings] → [Default Settings] and if "Hold Setting for Received Data Print" is enabled, you are prompted to enter a password. Enter the correct password using numeric keys. 7-109
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 831
    to 1000 destinations can be stored in all data forwarding tables combined. Up to 100 destinations of FTP/Desktop/Network Folder data can be stored. List name Settings Table Name Enter a forward table name. Receive Line Select Selects a data receive line. Select the sender facsimile number or
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 832
    the registration of forward table. Disables a change of forward table. Disables a change of data forwarding conditions. Disables a temporal data forward setting from the machine. Sets a print style of received data. If you have selected the [Always Print] or [Save Only at Error] option, enter a file
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 833
    characters. Sort Received Faxes by Date in Folders Configure settings to have date folders created and received faxes saved to the folders by date. File Format Select the file format for inbound routing. Print Style Setting Configure print settings for received faxes. • Save and print: Save
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 834
    10 items can be stored. For information on the settings, see "Settings (page 7-113)". Edit or Delete Metadata Set When you tap a title on the list, the edit screen appears for that metadata set Type Include MFP Extended Scan Settings in XML File. To Be Used as Default Settings Enter a metadata name
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 835
    File Folder (with the exception of protected files) when the [Power] button is turned "On". The condition of the machine may prevent deletion in some cases. Image Orientation Changes the image orientation. Default Color Mode Settings Selects the default settings for black & white and color when Scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 836
    Scan Complete Sound Setting Adjusts the volume of the beep that sounds when scanning ends. The beep can also be turned off. Default Output Tray Selects the default printing. Default Setting of PDF Format for PC Browsing You can set the initial file format of public PDF or the file for download which
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 837
    to the machine. Item Copy Print Scan Send Internet Fax Send(Incl. PC-I-Fax) Fax Send(Incl. PC-Fax) Scan to HDD Settings For each mode, select whether (1) Select [Setting 1], [Setting 2], or [Setting 3]. (2) Set the time and date for automatic deletion. (3) Select the desired folder. (4) Specify
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 838
    mode. Sharp OSA Settings Condition Settings Cookie Setting Specify how application cookies are handled when using an application in Sharp OSA. default setting is 20 seconds. Browser Select the Web browser type. Extended Platform Set this option to use the expansion platform. Data Size Set
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 839
    The Fax or I-Fax message reception can be controlled by Sharp OSA applications. Enter the application name to receive. Enter the Web service address. Enter a timeout. The default setting is 20 seconds. Enter the address to which a notification e-mail is sent when an application connection error
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 840
    When linked to an external application, you can store and manage addresses in order to use a service that uses a polling function. Item Server 1 - Server 2 Polling Address Check Interval Timeout Settings Set to enable each of the servers. Enter the URL of the server or computer that the machine
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 841
    by the paper type selected above. For Size more information, see "Tray Settings (page 7-121)". If the desired size does not appear in the list, here is different from the size of paper that is loaded into a tray, a problem or misfeed may occur when printing. • To change the paper size in a tray,
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 842
    A5R When using the MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/MX-3570V/ MX-4050V/MX-4070V 12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R, 7-1/4" x 10-1/2", A3W, A3, A4 size that is automatically detected is set in "Select Paper Sizes for Auto Detection" in the bypass tray
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 843
    saves you the trouble of setting the size each set between 140mm and 457mm. The factory default setting is 420mm. The Y direction can be set between 90mm and 320mm. The factory default setting is 297mm. "Size Input-Inch" The X direction can be set between 5-1/2" and 18". The factory default setting
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 844
    language is specified in the favorite operation group, that setting is given priority. Default Display Setting Set the screen that appears after auto clear and login. You can select from Easy Copy, Copy, Easy Scan, E-mail, Network Folder, FTP/Desktop, Easy Fax, Internet Fax, Fax, Print Release
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 845
    Scan to HDD in document filing mode Auto Clear Setting The time until Auto Clear activates can be set to any number of seconds from 10 to 240 in increments of 10 Printing of Operation Manual from the Operation Panel Printing the manual from the operation guide embedded in the machine is prohibited.
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 846
    display format of the document filing custom folder screen is list or thumbnails. Select whether the default state of the folder screen for direct print shows the folders as a list or as thumbnails. Remote Operation Settings Configure settings required for remote operation of the machine from
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 847
    Paper Select, 2-Sided Copy, Copy Ratio, Staple / Punch, Color Mode, Image Orientation, Exposure and N-Up, Card Shot Items that can be set in Easy Scan Address Book, History, Global Address Search, Scan to HDD/USB, Original, Resolution, File Format, Blank Page Skip and Card Shot. Items that can be
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 848
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS Keyboard Settings Default Keyboard Setting Configure settings for the keyboard used for entry on the text. Keyboard Select Change the key layout and display according to the set language. Set Keyboard Priority When an external keyboard is connected, set whether the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 849
    placed on the document glass are treated as special size originals. Original Feeding Mode The following original feeding modes can be set to operate by default in copy, image send, and scan to HDD. When a mode is frequently used, this saves you from having to select the mode in another mode each
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 850
    password are not used, the page count may not be added to the appropriate user count or only the master machine may print. • The factory default setting for Paper Weight Settings These are used to control the toner fusing temperature according to the weight of the paper. These settings apply to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 851
    used to disable the optional paper drawer, such as when it malfunctions. Disabling of Tray Settings This setting is used to prohibit tray settings (except for the bypass tray). Disabling of Finisher This setting is used to prohibit the use of finisher or saddle finisher, such as when it malfunctions
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 852
    the printer driver or printing of a file on an FTP server in Setting mode (Web version), can be prohibited. Copy Function Settings Disabling of memory device. Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print Disables the direct printing from a network folder. Disabling sending while printing Disables the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 853
    is selected. Disable Fax Broadcasting Disables the facsimile broadcasting. Disable Scan Function Specify this to disable remote PC scanning and storing to external memory device. Settings to Disable Registration Disable Registering Destination from Operation Panel Disables address control from
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 854
    address and others. Configure the setting for each of the following items: • E-mail • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax Select All: Selects all items. Clear Checked: Clears all selections. Disabling of PC Scan Prohibit remote PC scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 855
    Panel Printing the manual from the operation guide embedded in the machine is prohibited. Device Control Disabling of Document Feeder Use this setting to prohibit the use of the automatic document feeder, such as when the feeder malfunctions. (When the setting is enabled, scanning is still possible
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 856
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS Security Settings This setting is used to set the security enhancement functions. Hidden Pattern Print Setting Disables the direct entry of background pattern and others. Machine Identification Settings Enter a name or code to identify the machine. 7-135
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 857
    specify the time difference between your region and GMT in hours and minutes. (Example: If your region is Japan, + 9 hours 00 minutes.) Select and set the year, month, day, hour, and minute. This can be used when the machine is connected to the Internet. The machine's time is automatically adjusted
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 858
    MX-5050V/MX-6050V only) Enter the product key of the Direct Print Expansion Kit Application Communication Module Enter the product key of the application communication module. External Account Module Enter the product key of the external account module. • It may not be possible to use some settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 859
    WPA2 Personal • WPA2 Enterprise WEP64bit: 5 characters or 10-digit hexadecimal number WEP128bit: 13 characters or 26-digit hexadecimal (Bootstrap Protocol). When this setting is enabled, it is not necessary to manually enter an IP address. • Default Gateway Enter the default gateway address. 7-138
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 860
    Name Enter the user name. Password Enter the password. Change Password To change the password, set . Connection Test Tap the [Execute] button to test the connection to the SMTP server. LDAP Settings Name Enter the address book name. Search Root Enters the search defaults to search for a specific
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 861
    the account name for LDAP setting. Password Enter the password. Change Password To change the password, set . Authentication Type Select the to the LDAP server. Public Folder / NAS Setting Set each option to [Prohibited] if the storage is not used. When settings are changed, the changes will take
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 862
    size that can be forwarded. SMB Settings Set the version of SMB protocol that is used for functions such as Scan to Network Folder. Use this setting to connect to a device that cannot automatically change the SMB protocol version, or when there is a problem in the connection with another device due
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 863
    Port Number Enter a port number. The default setting is port 25. Timeout Enter a timeout. The default setting is 20 seconds. This value is used for by STARTTLS command. This requires the server to support the STARTTLS command. To allow SSL communication, set the "Port Number" to the same port number
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 864
    password, set [Change Password] to . • Enable SSL: If set to , the POP over SSL communication or the POP over TLS communication by STLS command is enabled. This requires the server to support . The default setting is port 88. Realm Enter the Kerberos realm. SNTP SNTP Settings SNTP Set this option
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 865
    Domain Name Display the domain name. Highest Priority Service Select a service you use with the priority. SNMP SNMP v1 Settings SNMP v1 Settings Set this option to use the SNMPv1 settings. Access Method Set an access method. GET Community Enter the GET community name to fetch the device information
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 866
    default setting is 90 seconds. Use Bidirectional To use bidirectional communication, set to . WSD WSD Settings WSD Print Set this option to use WSD printing. Use Multicast Discovery Set this option to use multicast discovery. External Print Services Settings Google Cloud Print Settings instructions
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 867
    (Scan), AirPrint (Fax Send) Select these settings to use the AirPrint functions. mDNS Enable or disable mDNS. When mDNS is disabled, the machine will not appear in the list of printers when AirPrint is used to print. This setting is linked to [Network Settings] → [Services Settings] → [mDNS Settings
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 868
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS External Service Connect Cloud Connect Settings Office 365 Domain Name Set this when using the . LDAP Settings The following explains the LDAP settings. When you tap the [Store] key, the LDAP settings are updated with your entries. The default address book is set to .
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 869
    My Folder Card ID Custom Property 1-10 Port Number Timeout User Name Password Authentication Type Bind Prefix Server Usage Applicable Destination Type Allow selection on operation panel. To Be Used as Default Authenticate a User in Global Address Search Enable SSL Connection Test Setting Enter
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 870
    to set a page limit group. The default setting is pagelimit. Authority Group Enter to set an authority group. The default setting is authority. Favorite Operation Group Enter to set a favorite operation group. The default setting is favorite. My Folder Enter to set My Folder. The default setting is
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 871
    access the proxy server. Enter a password to allow access to the proxy server. Enter the proxy server port number. Specify exception addresses for a proxy that is used in the external service connect function, Google Cloud Print and Sharp OSA. [Entry method] 1) Can be set using a host name or an IP
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 872
    Personal • WPA2 Personal Security Key WEP64bit: 5 characters or 10-digit hexadecimal number WEP128bit: 13 characters or 26-digit hexadecimal number 63 characters or 64-digit hexadecimal number Show Security Key If it is set to ON, the security key appears. Device IP Address (Access Point Mode
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 873
    • WPA2 Enterprise WEP64bit: 5 characters or 10-digit hexadecimal number WEP128bit: 13 characters or scan the displayed QR code to send and save the connection settings to the mobile device. Destination Set with the following access point]. To set manually, obtain the network information of the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 874
    a time to automatically log out when no communication continues with the machine. When settings are changed, the changes will take effect after the machine is restarted. To restart the machine, see "TURNING ON THE POWER (page 1-10)". View Login User The user or users who have logged in this machine
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 875
    default password, see "Start Guide".) Port Control Enable or disable main system ports, set the port numbers, and tap the [Store] key. The following ports can be configured. Server Port Client Port • HTTP • HTTPS • FTP Print • Raw Print • LPD • IPP • IPP-SSL • Tandem Output Receive • PC Scan
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 876
    whether to allow or prohibit access to the machine from the IP address you set. MAC Address Filter Settings This option sets a MAC address. It allows access to the machine from the MAC address you set. SSL Settings SSL can be used for data transmission over a network. SSL is a protocol that
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 877
    (CSR) with [Make of Certificate Signing Request(CSR)], the content of the certificate signing request (CSR) appears. S/MIME Settings Condition Settings Set whether S/MIME is used for transmission. Device Certificate Certificate Status Shows the status of the certificate required for transmission
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 878
    to the machine may not be allowed, or the settings may not allow printing, scanning, or Setting mode (Web version) display. In this case, deselect this setting and change the System Settings (on Web pages). Condition Settings IPsec Settings Specify whether or not IPsec is used for transmission
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 879
    machine may not be allowed, or the settings may not allow printing, scanning, or Setting mode (Web version) display. In this case, deselect this setting and change the Setting mode (Web version) settings. Condition Settings IEEE802.1X Authentication Set whether IEEE802.1X authentication is used. EAP
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 880
    facsimile or e-mail transfer) can be forwarded to any destination. List name Settings Forwarding Destination Settings (Send Data) Forward Send Data Set a destination to forward the send data. E-mail/Network Folder/FTP/Desktop Select a forwarding type of the send or received image data. When
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 881
    function is effective at preventing unauthorized copying as the specified text emerges in the background on output sheets. Initial Status Settings Default Settings Item Hidden Pattern Print Setting Print Color Exposure Font Size Angle Font Style Camouflage Pattern Print Method Print Contents
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 882
    can be printed. • Serial number, characters, account job ID, login name/user number, date and time Select a print color. Set a print position on each page. Set a job to print the tracking information. Audit Log Logs are created and saved for various events relating to security functions and
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 883
    -recommended functions such as two-sided printing and N-Up during copying, document filing print, and direct print. Setting values applied by each mode is as follows. Energy Save Custom Mode Eco Mode Eco Scan Auto Power Shut-Off Timer As soon as the remote job is finished, enter Auto power shut
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 884
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS Preheat Mode Setting Set the number of minutes until preheat mode activates. Set a number from 1 to 60 (MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/ MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V) or 1 to 120 (MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V) in increments of 1 minute. Preheat Mode will
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 885
    by a certain degree, but it results in faster recovery. - Motion Sensor Mode (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V): This enables switching of power saving modes by the motion sensor. * Factory default setting Automatic This function controls the power optimally for each time period by
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 886
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS Manual You can set a pattern for each time band. The machine already has degree, but it results in faster recovery. Motion Sensor Mode (MX-3070V/MX-3570V/MX-4070V/MX-5070V/MX-6070V only): The motion sensor enables the machine to automatically wake from sleep mode
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 887
    to , and select a mode or screen in which to enable Eco Scan Setting. The following modes and screens can be set. • Home Screen • Copy • Image Send • Document Filing • System Settings • Sharp OSA • Manual Finishing Energy Saving Pattern List This function analyzes machine usage and controls entry
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 888
    date, energy saving pattern to be applied, and the operation that takes place if the specific date falls on a non-work day. Item Description Date Setting Configure the date on which you want to operate the machine with a specific pattern. Select a day between 1 and 31 in Every Month or from End
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 889
    preset time. Up to three (3) patterns can be set. The "Setting 1", "Setting 2" and "Setting 3" are executed in this sequence if set at the same day of week or at the same clock time. • The scheduling function does not support the power management settings in the Preheat Mode and Auto Power Shut-Off
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 890
    machine. Select a view item and period, and tap the [Show] key. Data Import/Export (CSV Format) You can import or export data. Export Settings Export Settings Type Select the data to be exported from the address book or registered user information. Once you have selected the data, click the [Execute
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 891
    If you need to select settings on the Web page, use your computer to manipulate the file. Export Exports data. Import Imports data into the machine. • You can import data only to MX-2630N/MX-3050V/MX-3070V/MX-3550V/MX-3570V/MX-4050V/MX-4070V/MX-5050V/ MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V. • The following data
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 892
    To restart the machine, see "TURNING ON THE POWER (page 1-10)". Reset the NIC This returns all "Network Settings" to the factory default settings. Optimization of Hard Disk Various devices mounted on the machine can be set. This function optimizes the hard drive of the machine by defragmenting data
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 893
    . To change the password, set [Change Password] to . Enter the polling interval for the POP3 server. The default setting is five minutes. Allows the POP over SSL communication or the POP over TLS communication by STLS command. This requires the server to support the POP over SSL communication
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 894
    toner cartridge can only be executed in setting mode on the machine. • Color Profile Settings function again. MC Cleaning Mode (MX-5050V/MX-5070V/MX-6050V/MX-6070V only) This machine periodically streak reduction can be used for Scan Original, Copy, Image Send, and Scan to HDD functions. If the black
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 895
    . Print Image Quality Quick Image Quality Adjustment (Color / B/W) Perform quick adjustment of print quality. You can change the default setting ([2]) to [1 (Smooth)] or [3 (Sharp)]. Color Balance (Color / B/W) You can adjust the tone and density of color in color printing and black & white printing
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 896
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SYSTEM SETTINGS Scan Image Quality RGB Adjust Set the color tone (RGB) for scanning. Sharpness Use this setting to obtain a sharp image when scanning an original. Contrast You can adjust the contrast of scanned images. Color Profile Settings Set color profiles used for printing.
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 897
    begin automatic adjustment. Follow the instructions in the message to perform density smoothing. If there are no problems after adjustment, perform "Auto Color Calibration (for Copy)" and "Auto Color Calibration (for Print)". To return the adjusted values to their factory default state, tap [Return
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 898
    Clock Adjust (page 7-136) System Settings - Energy Save - Eco Setting (page 7-162) System Settings - Network Settings - Quick Settings (page 7-138) System Settings - Common Settings - Paper Settings- Paper Tray Settings (page 7-120) System Settings - Common Settings - Product Key (page 7-137) 7-177
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 899
    installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. System Settings Setup Items ■ System Settings ● Image Send Settings (page 7-180)  Fax Settings  Default Settings • Resolution Setting - Apply the Resolution Set when Stored + (No item) • Dial Mode Setting • Auto Wake Up Print • Pause Time
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 900
    - Receiving Date & Time Print - A3 RX Reduce • Number of Prints - Staple Settings*1 - Paper Size  Allow/Reject Number Setting • Allow/Reject Number Setting • Add New Factory default setting Print Out Notice Page Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Off Enabled All Enabled Enabled Enabled Fax No
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 901
    SYSTEM SETTINGS►SETTING MODE FOR FAX Setup Items Factory default setting U A  Polling Setting No Yes • Set Fax Polling Security Enabled No Yes  F-Code Memory Box - Yes Yes ● Fax Data Receive/Forward (Manual) (page 7-188) Yes Yes  Fax Settings Yes Yes  Receive Settings Auto
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 902
    can be selected in addition to the volume. Check on Setup Sounds Checks the selected tone pattern and volume. Remote Reception Number Setting You can set the machine to the fax reception mode by entering a one-digit number from the connected extension telephone and by tapping the key. This one
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 903
    8-1/2"x11", 5-1/2"x8-1/2"R, A4, B5R, A5R, 16K 8-1/2" x 11"R and A4R size images are not rotated. Quick On Line Sending When this setting is enabled, the machine starts transmitting a fax as soon as the first page is scanned. Transmission takes place at the same time as the remaining pages are being
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 904
    is enabled, note that the machine will not attempt the call again when manual transmission or direct transmission is used. Disable Fax Broadcasting Disables facsimile broadcasting. Receive Settings Settings for fax transmission can be configured. Number of Calls in Auto Reception Allows you to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 905
    received image is printed at full size when possible. When not possible, the image is automatically reduced before printing. Set the Telephone Number for Data Forwarding When a problem prevents the machine from printing a received fax, the received fax can be forwarded to another fax machine. This
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 906
    which received faxes are stapled. Paper Size When a finisher is installed, select the paper used for printing of received faxes. This setting can only be used when the [Multiple Set Print] and [Staple] checkboxes are selected . The maximum number of sheets that can be stapled is 50. (When the paper
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 907
    to poll your machine. Up to 10 destination fax numbers can be stored. Each number must be within 20 digits in length. Passcode Number Key List This shows a list of the stored passcode numbers. Select a number from the list and delete it. Note that these settings do not apply to F-code polling
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 908
    edit screen appears for the box. For information on the settings, see the following table. Tap the [Delete] key to delete the memory box. Settings Item Settings Items common to all types Box Type Select the type of the Print PIN, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 7-187
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 909
    out of toner, received faxes can be forwarded to another previously stored fax machine. • If there is no forwarding data or if the destination is not registered, no data is forwarded. • If "Hold Setting for Received Data Print (page 7-95)" is enabled, you are prompted to enter a password. Enter the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 910
    license agreement information, visit the following website: http://sharp-world.com/products/copier/source/download/index.html We are unable to answer any questions about acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by Computing Services at Carnegie Mellon University (http://www.cmu.edu
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 911
    , provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 912
    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER being used are not cryptographic related :-). 4.If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the apps directory (
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 913
    of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 914
    Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 915
    sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 916
    version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 917
    THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 918
    we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 919
    on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others. Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 920
    The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 921
    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 922
    However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 923
    of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it. 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 924
    , but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. IN NO EVENT
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 925
    YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library, and you want it to be
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 926
    . When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 927
    for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 928
    the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 929
    years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 930
    does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. "further restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it,
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 931
    License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 932
    A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims owned or controlled by the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 933
    to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 934
    END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so,
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 935
    libtiff Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 936
    obtained by you outside of the United States, you agree that you will not re-export the Software nor any other technical data received from SHARP, nor the direct product thereof, except as permitted by the laws and regulations of the United states and the laws and the regulation of the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 937
    NOT SHARP OR A SHARP AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR the Software related with Apple Macintosh and Microsoft Windows, this license shall be governed by and shall continue in full force and effect. 10. Complete Agreement This License constitutes the
  • Sharp MX-3070V | Operation Manual - MX-2630N - Page 938
    2017J-US5
  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 4
  • 5
  • 6
  • 7
  • 8
  • 9
  • 10
  • 11
  • 12
  • 13
  • 14
  • 15
  • 16
  • 17
  • 18
  • 19
  • 20
  • 21
  • 22
  • 23
  • 24
  • 25
  • 26
  • 27
  • 28
  • 29
  • 30
  • 31
  • 32
  • 33
  • 34
  • 35
  • 36
  • 37
  • 38
  • 39
  • 40
  • 41
  • 42
  • 43
  • 44
  • 45
  • 46
  • 47
  • 48
  • 49
  • 50
  • 51
  • 52
  • 53
  • 54
  • 55
  • 56
  • 57
  • 58
  • 59
  • 60
  • 61
  • 62
  • 63
  • 64
  • 65
  • 66
  • 67
  • 68
  • 69
  • 70
  • 71
  • 72
  • 73
  • 74
  • 75
  • 76
  • 77
  • 78
  • 79
  • 80
  • 81
  • 82
  • 83
  • 84
  • 85
  • 86
  • 87
  • 88
  • 89
  • 90
  • 91
  • 92
  • 93
  • 94
  • 95
  • 96
  • 97
  • 98
  • 99
  • 100
  • 101
  • 102
  • 103
  • 104
  • 105
  • 106
  • 107
  • 108
  • 109
  • 110
  • 111
  • 112
  • 113
  • 114
  • 115
  • 116
  • 117
  • 118
  • 119
  • 120
  • 121
  • 122
  • 123
  • 124
  • 125
  • 126
  • 127
  • 128
  • 129
  • 130
  • 131
  • 132
  • 133
  • 134
  • 135
  • 136
  • 137
  • 138
  • 139
  • 140
  • 141
  • 142
  • 143
  • 144
  • 145
  • 146
  • 147
  • 148
  • 149
  • 150
  • 151
  • 152
  • 153
  • 154
  • 155
  • 156
  • 157
  • 158
  • 159
  • 160
  • 161
  • 162
  • 163
  • 164
  • 165
  • 166
  • 167
  • 168
  • 169
  • 170
  • 171
  • 172
  • 173
  • 174
  • 175
  • 176
  • 177
  • 178
  • 179
  • 180
  • 181
  • 182
  • 183
  • 184
  • 185
  • 186
  • 187
  • 188
  • 189
  • 190
  • 191
  • 192
  • 193
  • 194
  • 195
  • 196
  • 197
  • 198
  • 199
  • 200
  • 201
  • 202
  • 203
  • 204
  • 205
  • 206
  • 207
  • 208
  • 209
  • 210
  • 211
  • 212
  • 213
  • 214
  • 215
  • 216
  • 217
  • 218
  • 219
  • 220
  • 221
  • 222
  • 223
  • 224
  • 225
  • 226
  • 227
  • 228
  • 229
  • 230
  • 231
  • 232
  • 233
  • 234
  • 235
  • 236
  • 237
  • 238
  • 239
  • 240
  • 241
  • 242
  • 243
  • 244
  • 245
  • 246
  • 247
  • 248
  • 249
  • 250
  • 251
  • 252
  • 253
  • 254
  • 255
  • 256
  • 257
  • 258
  • 259
  • 260
  • 261
  • 262
  • 263
  • 264
  • 265
  • 266
  • 267
  • 268
  • 269
  • 270
  • 271
  • 272
  • 273
  • 274
  • 275
  • 276
  • 277
  • 278
  • 279
  • 280
  • 281
  • 282
  • 283
  • 284
  • 285
  • 286
  • 287
  • 288
  • 289
  • 290
  • 291
  • 292
  • 293
  • 294
  • 295
  • 296
  • 297
  • 298
  • 299
  • 300
  • 301
  • 302
  • 303
  • 304
  • 305
  • 306
  • 307
  • 308
  • 309
  • 310
  • 311
  • 312
  • 313
  • 314
  • 315
  • 316
  • 317
  • 318
  • 319
  • 320
  • 321
  • 322
  • 323
  • 324
  • 325
  • 326
  • 327
  • 328
  • 329
  • 330
  • 331
  • 332
  • 333
  • 334
  • 335
  • 336
  • 337
  • 338
  • 339
  • 340
  • 341
  • 342
  • 343
  • 344
  • 345
  • 346
  • 347
  • 348
  • 349
  • 350
  • 351
  • 352
  • 353
  • 354
  • 355
  • 356
  • 357
  • 358
  • 359
  • 360
  • 361
  • 362
  • 363
  • 364
  • 365
  • 366
  • 367
  • 368
  • 369
  • 370
  • 371
  • 372
  • 373
  • 374
  • 375
  • 376
  • 377
  • 378
  • 379
  • 380
  • 381
  • 382
  • 383
  • 384
  • 385
  • 386
  • 387
  • 388
  • 389
  • 390
  • 391
  • 392
  • 393
  • 394
  • 395
  • 396
  • 397
  • 398
  • 399
  • 400
  • 401
  • 402
  • 403
  • 404
  • 405
  • 406
  • 407
  • 408
  • 409
  • 410
  • 411
  • 412
  • 413
  • 414
  • 415
  • 416
  • 417
  • 418
  • 419
  • 420
  • 421
  • 422
  • 423
  • 424
  • 425
  • 426
  • 427
  • 428
  • 429
  • 430
  • 431
  • 432
  • 433
  • 434
  • 435
  • 436
  • 437
  • 438
  • 439
  • 440
  • 441
  • 442
  • 443
  • 444
  • 445
  • 446
  • 447
  • 448
  • 449
  • 450
  • 451
  • 452
  • 453
  • 454
  • 455
  • 456
  • 457
  • 458
  • 459
  • 460
  • 461
  • 462
  • 463
  • 464
  • 465
  • 466
  • 467
  • 468
  • 469
  • 470
  • 471
  • 472
  • 473
  • 474
  • 475
  • 476
  • 477
  • 478
  • 479
  • 480
  • 481
  • 482
  • 483
  • 484
  • 485
  • 486
  • 487
  • 488
  • 489
  • 490
  • 491
  • 492
  • 493
  • 494
  • 495
  • 496
  • 497
  • 498
  • 499
  • 500
  • 501
  • 502
  • 503
  • 504
  • 505
  • 506
  • 507
  • 508
  • 509
  • 510
  • 511
  • 512
  • 513
  • 514
  • 515
  • 516
  • 517
  • 518
  • 519
  • 520
  • 521
  • 522
  • 523
  • 524
  • 525
  • 526
  • 527
  • 528
  • 529
  • 530
  • 531
  • 532
  • 533
  • 534
  • 535
  • 536
  • 537
  • 538
  • 539
  • 540
  • 541
  • 542
  • 543
  • 544
  • 545
  • 546
  • 547
  • 548
  • 549
  • 550
  • 551
  • 552
  • 553
  • 554
  • 555
  • 556
  • 557
  • 558
  • 559
  • 560
  • 561
  • 562
  • 563
  • 564
  • 565
  • 566
  • 567
  • 568
  • 569
  • 570
  • 571
  • 572
  • 573
  • 574
  • 575
  • 576
  • 577
  • 578
  • 579
  • 580
  • 581
  • 582
  • 583
  • 584
  • 585
  • 586
  • 587
  • 588
  • 589
  • 590
  • 591
  • 592
  • 593
  • 594
  • 595
  • 596
  • 597
  • 598
  • 599
  • 600
  • 601
  • 602
  • 603
  • 604
  • 605
  • 606
  • 607
  • 608
  • 609
  • 610
  • 611
  • 612
  • 613
  • 614
  • 615
  • 616
  • 617
  • 618
  • 619
  • 620
  • 621
  • 622
  • 623
  • 624
  • 625
  • 626
  • 627
  • 628
  • 629
  • 630
  • 631
  • 632
  • 633
  • 634
  • 635
  • 636
  • 637
  • 638
  • 639
  • 640
  • 641
  • 642
  • 643
  • 644
  • 645
  • 646
  • 647
  • 648
  • 649
  • 650
  • 651
  • 652
  • 653
  • 654
  • 655
  • 656
  • 657
  • 658
  • 659
  • 660
  • 661
  • 662
  • 663
  • 664
  • 665
  • 666
  • 667
  • 668
  • 669
  • 670
  • 671
  • 672
  • 673
  • 674
  • 675
  • 676
  • 677
  • 678
  • 679
  • 680
  • 681
  • 682
  • 683
  • 684
  • 685
  • 686
  • 687
  • 688
  • 689
  • 690
  • 691
  • 692
  • 693
  • 694
  • 695
  • 696
  • 697
  • 698
  • 699
  • 700
  • 701
  • 702
  • 703
  • 704
  • 705
  • 706
  • 707
  • 708
  • 709
  • 710
  • 711
  • 712
  • 713
  • 714
  • 715
  • 716
  • 717
  • 718
  • 719
  • 720
  • 721
  • 722
  • 723
  • 724
  • 725
  • 726
  • 727
  • 728
  • 729
  • 730
  • 731
  • 732
  • 733
  • 734
  • 735
  • 736
  • 737
  • 738
  • 739
  • 740
  • 741
  • 742
  • 743
  • 744
  • 745
  • 746
  • 747
  • 748
  • 749
  • 750
  • 751
  • 752
  • 753
  • 754
  • 755
  • 756
  • 757
  • 758
  • 759
  • 760
  • 761
  • 762
  • 763
  • 764
  • 765
  • 766
  • 767
  • 768
  • 769
  • 770
  • 771
  • 772
  • 773
  • 774
  • 775
  • 776
  • 777
  • 778
  • 779
  • 780
  • 781
  • 782
  • 783
  • 784
  • 785
  • 786
  • 787
  • 788
  • 789
  • 790
  • 791
  • 792
  • 793
  • 794
  • 795
  • 796
  • 797
  • 798
  • 799
  • 800
  • 801
  • 802
  • 803
  • 804
  • 805
  • 806
  • 807
  • 808
  • 809
  • 810
  • 811
  • 812
  • 813
  • 814
  • 815
  • 816
  • 817
  • 818
  • 819
  • 820
  • 821
  • 822
  • 823
  • 824
  • 825
  • 826
  • 827
  • 828
  • 829
  • 830
  • 831
  • 832
  • 833
  • 834
  • 835
  • 836
  • 837
  • 838
  • 839
  • 840
  • 841
  • 842
  • 843
  • 844
  • 845
  • 846
  • 847
  • 848
  • 849
  • 850
  • 851
  • 852
  • 853
  • 854
  • 855
  • 856
  • 857
  • 858
  • 859
  • 860
  • 861
  • 862
  • 863
  • 864
  • 865
  • 866
  • 867
  • 868
  • 869
  • 870
  • 871
  • 872
  • 873
  • 874
  • 875
  • 876
  • 877
  • 878
  • 879
  • 880
  • 881
  • 882
  • 883
  • 884
  • 885
  • 886
  • 887
  • 888
  • 889
  • 890
  • 891
  • 892
  • 893
  • 894
  • 895
  • 896
  • 897
  • 898
  • 899
  • 900
  • 901
  • 902
  • 903
  • 904
  • 905
  • 906
  • 907
  • 908
  • 909
  • 910
  • 911
  • 912
  • 913
  • 914
  • 915
  • 916
  • 917
  • 918
  • 919
  • 920
  • 921
  • 922
  • 923
  • 924
  • 925
  • 926
  • 927
  • 928
  • 929
  • 930
  • 931
  • 932
  • 933
  • 934
  • 935
  • 936
  • 937
  • 938

Functions of the machine and procedures
for placing originals and loading paper
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE
COPIER
Using the copy function
PRINTER
Using the printer function
FACSIMILE
Using the fax function
SCANNER / INTERNET FAX
Using the scan / Internet fax function
DOCUMENT FILING
Storing jobs as files on the hard
drive
SYSTEM SETTINGS
Configuring settings to make the
machine easier to use
Click to jump to the table of contents of the
desired chapter.
User's Manual
DIGITAL FULL COLOR MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM
MODEL:
MX-2630N MX-5050V
MX-3050V MX-5070V
MX-3070V MX-6050V
MX-3550V MX-6070V
MX-3570V
MX-4050V
MX-4070V